Skip to main content

Full text of "Troop umpire control : amphibious operations"

See other formats


UNITED  STATES  MARINE  CORPS 


TROOP  UMPIRE  CONTROL, 
AMPHIBIOUS    OPERATIONS 


1951 


RESTRICTED:  This  document  contains  infor- 
mation affecting  the  national  defense  of  the 
United  States  within  the  meaning  of  the  Espi- 
onage Act,  50  U.S.C.,  31  and  32  as  amended. 
Its  transmission  or  the  revelation  of  its 
contents  in  any  manner  to  an  unauthorized 
person   is  prohibited  by  law. 


DECLASSIFIED 
DOD  DIR  5200.1* 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


UNITED    STATES,  MARINE    CORPS 

9mm 


TROOP  UMPIRE  CONTROL, 
AMPHIBIOUS   OPERATIONS 


1951 


RESTRICTED:  This  document  contains  infor- 
mation affecting  the  national  defense  of  the 
United  States  within  the  meaning  of  the  Espi- 
onage Act,  50  U.S.C.,  31  and  32  as  amended. 
Its  transmission  or  the  revelation  of  its 
contents  in  any  manner  to  an  unauthorized 
person   is  prohibited  by  law. 


DECLASSIFIED 
DOD  DIR  5200.10 


! 


VC£  SEC 


'  c  RESTRICTED 

.kAW 

TROOP  UMPIRE  CONTROL^ 


WC/ 


AMPHIBIOUS  OPERATIONS 


'PREFACE' 


1.  This  Manual  is  designed  to  outline  a  practical  procedure  for  umpiring  all  activi- 
ties of  a  landing  force  of  a  strength  of  one  reinforced  division  or  less  during  the  land- 
ing and  assault  phase  of  an  amphibious  operation. 

2.  The  following  matters  are  treated  herein: 

a.  The  organization  and  training  of  a  troop  umpire  -control  group. 

b.  Detailed  planning  for  the  control  of  each  exercise,  based  on  troop  operation 
plans  and  other  factors  that  may  apply. 

c.  Execution  of  the  above  umpire  plans. 

d.  Participation  in  critiques  as  directed. 

e.  Preparation  of  reports  on  the  exercise. 

3.  While  the  umpire -control  organization  contained  in  this  Manual  is  based  upon  the 
"K"  Series  Tables  of  Organization,  U.  S.  Marine  Corps,  it  is  readily  adaptable  to  fit 
almost  any  normal  troop  organization. 


,„  DEC1ASSIBIED 

E0D  DIR  5200.W 


RESTRICTED 


INDEX 


PREFACE 
CHAPTER  1 
CHAPTER  2 


CHAPTER  3 


CHAPTER  4 
CHAPTER  5 

CHAPTER  6 
CHAPTER  7 


CHAPTER  8         Appendices 


Paragraph 

General  Concept  101-104 

Organization  and  Duties  201-263 

Section  I,  General  201-202 

Section  II,  Landing  Force  Umpire  Director  Headquarters  210-213 

Section  HI,  Division  Umpire  Control  Group  220-223 

Section  IV,  RCT  Umpire  Control  Group  230-231 

Section  V,  Supporting  Arms  Umpire  Control  Group  240-243 

Section  VI,  Maneuver  Enemy,  Air  250-253 

Section  VII,  Maneuver  Enemy,  Ground  260-263 

Communications  301  -340 

Section  I,  General  301  -305 

Section  II,  Communications  for  Umpire  Control,  Infantry  310  -311 
Section  HI,  Communications  for  Umpire  Control, 

Supporting  Arms  320-322 
Section  IV,  Communications  for  Administrative  Umpire  Team     330-332 

Section  V,  Communications  for  Maneuver  Enemy  340 

Planning  and  Training  401-402 

Section  I,  General  401-402 

Umpire  Reports  501-503 

Section  I,  General  501-503 

Personnel  601-604 

Equipment  701-732 

Section  I,  General  701-703 

Section  II,  Umpire  Control  Organization  710-711  • 

Section  III,  Maneuver  Enemy,  Ground  720 

Section  IV,  Special  Umpire  Equipment  730-732 

801 -820 


Chart  No. 

1 

2 

2(a) 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 


CHART  INDEX 


Title 


Landing  Force  Umpire  Control  Organization  Chart 

Landing  Force  Umpire  Control  Director  Headquarters 

Space  for  Daily  Umpire  Briefing 

Division  Umpire  Control  Group 

RCT  Umpire  Control  Group 

Diagramatic  sketch  of  Prov.  Inf.Regt. Maneuver  Enemy  (ground) 

Communications  Equipment  for  Umpire  Control  Organization 

Motor  Transport  for  Umpire  Control  Organization 

Major  Items  of  Motor  Transport  and  Ordnance  for  Maneuver 

Enemy  (ground) 
Major  Items  of  Communications  equipment  for  Maneuver 

Enemy  (ground) 


C0D  »»  52°0'10 


Page 

2-3 
2-4 
2-5 

2-7 

2-13 

2-28 

7-3 

7-4 

7-5 

7-  6 


UNEtASSSHfl) 


RESTRICTED 

CHAPTER  1 

GENERAL 

Paragraphs 
Section  1.     General  Concept 101    -104 

SECTION  I 

GENERAL  CONCEPT 

101.  Purpose  of  the  Manual.-    This  Manual  has  been  prepared  specifically  as  a  guide  in  the 
execution  of  troop  umpire -control  in  amphibious  exercises. 

102.  Mission.-     The  mission  of  the  troop  umpire -control  organization  is:    To  exercise  as 
completely  and  realistically  as  possible  every  echelon  of  the  landing  force  from  the  individual 
soldier  or  marine  to  the  Landing  Force  Commander  in  their  individual  and  command  functions 
in  order  to  test  and  develop  the  state  of  training  of  the  units  of  the  landing  force  involved. 

103.  Scope.-  a.     The  scope  of  amphibious  troop  umpire -control  includes: 

(1)  The  organization,  training  and  assignment  of  umpires  to  every  element  of  the 
landing  force  and  the  exercise  of  every  unit  by  umpire -control  methods  from  the  time  of  land- 
ing until  the  termination  of  the  problem.    Any  umpire -control  situations,  other  than  prepared 
messages  and  prepared  situations  affecting  the  landing  force  only,  must  be  arranged  mutually 
between  the  senior  troop  and  naval  umpires. 

(2)  Preparation  of  factual  reports  on  the  exercise  together  with  pertinent  comments 
and  recommendations  with  a  view  toward  the  improvement  of  future  exercises  and  the  improve- 
ment of  the  combat  efficiency  of  the  troop  units  involved. 

104.  Umpire  -Control .  -  a.     The  majority  of  incidents  for  situations  to  be  met  by  assault  ele- 
ments will  be  created  by  a  combination  of  action  by  a  maneuver  enemy  force  and  the  display 
of  appropriate  flags  by  control  personnel.   Situations  created  in  this  manner  will  indicate  that 
one  or  more  of  several  possible  courses  of  action  should  be  adopted  by  the  Landing  Force  Unit 
Commander  concerned.    Upon  the  adoption  and  execution  of  a  reasonable  course  of  action  to 
meet  the  indicated  situation,  the  related  umpire  will  notify  the  appropriate  control  section, 
whereupon  the  next  incident  or  situation  in  the  sequence  of  events  will  be  set  up  by  the  maneu- 
ver enemy  troops  in  conjunction  with  the  control  section. 

b.     In  addition  to  the  incidents  as  envisioned  in  subparagraph  a.  above,  previously  pre- 
pared planned  incidents  will  be  introduced  by  individual  umpires  as  directed  by  proper  authority. 
Generally,  these  incidents  will  be  logical  as  to  time  and  effect  but  artificial  insofar  as  actual 
enemy  action  is  concerned.   These  incidents  will  require  definite  action  by  a  unit  commander 
or  other  individuals  and  will  be  used  to  exercise  them  in  their  command  or  individual  functions. 
These  planned  situations  will  take  the  form  either  of  a  prepared  message,  the  content  of  which 
will  be  self-explanatory,  or  a  description  of  the  situation  given  verbally  to  those  concerned. 


DECLASSIFY 
DOD  DIR  5200.10 


1-1 


Section 

I. 

Section 

n. 

Section 

ni. 

Section 

IV. 

Section 

v. 

Section 

VI. 

Section 

VII. 

RESTRICTED 

CHAPTER  2 

ORGANIZATION  AND  DUTIES 

Paragraphs 

General  -- - -201-202 

Landing  Force  Umpire  Director  Headquarters    —  _______    210  -  213 

Division  Umpire -Control  Group    -------   —  _______    220  -  223 

RCT  Umpire -Control  Group  -- -- -    230-231 

Supporting  Arms  Umpire -Control  Group    -----_-_---_    240  -  243 

Maneuver  Enemy  Air  ----------_----------    250  -  253 

Maneuver  Enemy  Ground   -------------------    260  -  263 

SECTION  I 

GENERAL 

201.    General  Instructions.-  a.    The  umpire -control  of  all  elements  of  the  landing  force  is  ac- 
complished in  as  realistic  a  manner  as  possible  by  utilizing  the  co-ordinated  efforts  of  the 
troop  umpires,  control  groups,  and  the  maneuver  enemy  units. 

b.  A  series  of  tactical  situations  is  created  by  using  a  combination  of  maneuver  enemy 
troop  units  and  control  flags .    The  maneuver  enemy  troops,  logically  emplaced  in  defended 
positions,  create  the  situation  by  liberal  use  of  blank  ammunition,  thus  indicating  to  the  ad- 
vancing troops  the  location,  and  to  some  extent,  the  strength  of  the  defended  locality.    This 
enemy  fire  should  force  the  attacking  troops  to  advance  by  fire  and  movement,  utilizing  avail- 
able cover  and  concealment.    If  such  is  not  the  case,  either  on  the  part  of  individuals  or  units, 
the  umpires  accompanying  these  troops  will  assess  casualties  commensurate  with  their  actions. 

c.  Naturally,  the  use  of  blank  ammunition  alone  will  not  stop  the  advance  of  the  assault 
troops;  consequently,  in  order  to  complete  the  enemy  situation,  red  flags  are  displayed  by  the 
squad  umpires  concerned  when  the  leading  elements  of  the  attacking  units  have  advanced  to  a 
predetermined  distance  from  the  enemy  positions.    These  red  flags  stop  the  forward  movement 
of  the  attacking  troops  and  indicate  that  the  enemy  has  fire  superiority. 

d.  The  unit  commander  of  the  attacking  unit  is  now  confronted  with  a  situation  he  must 
solve  in  order  to  continue  his  advance.   Furthermore,  the  situation  has  been  realistically  cre- 
ated without  the  unit  umpire  having  to  say  a  word  to  the  unit  commander  concerned.    The  con- 
trolling factor  in  moving  from  one  planned  enemy  situation  to  the  next  lies  in  the  actions  of  the 
attacking  unit  commander.   When  he  has  adopted  and  executed  a  reasonable  course  of  action  to 
overcome  the  situation  to  his  front,  his  umpire  will  notify  the  maneuver  enemy  in  the  defended 
position,  through  umpire  radio  channels.    The  maneuver  enemy  troops  will  execute  a  tactical 
withdrawal  and  the  red  flags  will  be  hauled  down,  allowing  the  attacking  troops  to  advance. 
The  advance  between  controlled  situations  will  be  regulated  as  necessary  by  the  display  of 
appropriate  control  flags  in  accordance  with  the  nature  and  degree  of  indicated  resistance. 

e.  There  will  be  several  of  these  controlled  situations  in  each  zone  of  action,  co-ordin- 
ated one  with  the  other  and  so  designed  as  to  progressively  and  logically  exercise  every  eche- 
lon of  troop  command.   It  will  be  noted  that  in  each  instance,  the  location,  nature  and  degree  of 
hostile  resistance  and  its  effect  on  the  troop  units  involved  is  portrayed,  as  in  combat,  to  the 
front  line  units.    The  flow  of  information,  requests  for  support  and  tactical  decisions  to  over- 
come enemy  situations  must  progress  in  the  normal  front  to  rear  manner.   Similarly,  planned 
incidents  affecting  supply,  repair,  maintenance  and  other  supporting  facilities  are  introduced 
at  logical  times  and  places  which  are  dependent  upon  affected  units  making  necessary  reports 
and/or  requests  through  normal  channels  to  exercise  the  final  action  agency. 

f .  In  addition  to  the  situations  and  incidents  described  above,  all  troops  and  troop  instal- 
lations will  be  subjected  to  maneuver  enemy  air  strikes  and  artillery  bombardment.    The  air 
strikes  will  be  directed  by  the  Maneuver  Enemy  Air  Commander  and  will  be  delivered  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  situation  in  as  realistic  a  manner  as  possible  with  consideration  being  given 
for  friendly  interception  and  AA  fire.    Maneuver  enemy  artillery  fire  will  also  be  utilized  a- 
gainst  friendly  troops  as  logical  targets  are  presented  in  accordance  with  the  nature  and  amount 


-woo-*— a  2-1  RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

of  maneuver  enemy  artillery  with  due  consideration  given  to  the  effects  of  friendly  air,  naval 
gunfire  and  artillery  counter -battery. 

g.    A  detailed  description  of  each  situation  or  incident  together  with  specific  instructions 
for  the  unit  umpires  will  be  contained  in  the  pertinent  annex  of  the  Umpire -Control  Plan. 

202.   General  Organization.-  (See  Chart  1)  a.   The  Landing  Force  Umpire -Control  organization 
is  divided  into  seven  major  subdivisions  directly  under  the  Umpire -Control  Director.   These 
are:   Division  Umpire -Control  Group,  three  (3)  RCT  Umpire -Control  Groups,  Supporting  Arms 
Umpire -Control  Group,  Maneuver  Enemy  Air  and  Maneuver  Enemy  Ground.   Each  of  these  is 
further  subdivided  for  the  performance  of  its  specific  functions.   The  detailed  organization  of 
these  major  subdivisions  and  the  duties  of  their  personnel  will  be  treated  in  separate  sections 
of  this  Chapter. 


SECTION  H 

LANDING  FORCE  UMPIRE -CONTROL 
DIRECTOR  HEADQUARTERS 

210.  General.-  a.  The  Umpire -Control  Director,  operating  directly  under  the  Maneuver  Di- 
rector, is  responsible  for  the  planning,  training  and  execution  of  all  aspects  of  troop  umpire- 
control. 

b.   The  Deputy  Umpire -Control  Director  and  the  Chief  of  Staff  carry  out  normal  staff 
functions. 

211.  Organization.-  a.   Based  on  the  premise  that  the  umpire -control  organization  will  be  self- 
sufficient,  Director  Headquarters  is  organized,  generally,  on  the  General  and  Special  Staff  sys- 
tem.  All  routine  camp  administration,  maintenance  and  operation  are  assigned  to  the  Head*- 
quarters  Commandant,  while  the  G-2,  G-3,  G-4  and  special  staff  officers  are  concerned  pri- 
marily with  the  planning  and  execution  of  umpire -control  in  their  respective  functional  fields. 

b.  See  Chart  2. 

c.  See  Chart  2a  for  typical  layout  of  LFUCDHq. 

212.  Duties.-  a.    The  G-l,  through  the  Headquarters  Commandant,  directly  controls  the  Secu- 
rity Section,  Mess  Section,  Maintenance  and  Police  Section,  Headquarters  Detachment,  and  Dis- 
bursing Section.   He  is  charged  with  administrative  operation,  maintenance  and  security  meas- 
ures for  the  umpire -control  organization,  and  for  planning  and  execution  of  umpire -control  as 
pertains  to  Military  Government  and  administrative  matters. 

b.  In  the  planning  and  execution  of  umpire -control,  the  G-2  is  responsible  for: 

(1)  Furnishing  initial  preplanning  data  on  the  "enemy"  situation  to  friendly  troop  in- 
telligence agencies. 

(2)  Planning  and  supervising  construction  and  emplacement  of  "enemy"  positions  and 
installations  in  the  maneuver  area. 

(3)  In  conjunction  with  the  Commander,  Maneuver  Enemy,  planning  and  execution  of 
the  intelligence  control  plan. 

(4)  Planning  and  supervision  of  the  execution  of  pre-D-Day  espionage,  sabotage  and 
propaganda  operations. 

c.  In  the  planning  and  execution  of  umpire -control,the  G-3  is  responsible  for: 

(1)  Providing  for  the  training  of  the  Umpire -Control  Groups  and  Maneuver  Enemy 
Forces. 

(2)  Preparation  of  all  umpire -control  operation  plans  and  orders. 

(3)  Supervising  and  co-ordinating  the  execution  of  all  umpire -control  training  orders 
and  operation  orders. 

RESTRICTED  2_2 


RESTRICTED 


LANDING   FORCE 

UMPIRE-CONTROL 

DIRECTOR 

HEADQUARTERS 

Division 

Umpire-Control 

Group 

RCT 

Umpire-Control 

Group 

RCT 

Umpire-Control 

Group 

RCT 

Umpire-Control 

Group 

Supporting  Arms 

Umpire-Control 

Group 

Maneuver 

Enemy 

Air 

Maneuver 
Enemy 
Ground 

LANDING   FORCE  UMPIRE-CONTROL  ORGANIZATION  CHART   (General) 

Chart  I 


2-3 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


Tf'-pl 


-i  a  I 
<  o  , 


Txl  r^n 


I 


rvvi  r   i 


is  s 
is 


o.    3 

»     OP 


l|  2 

13     Q- 

is  z 

ir*   CO 

I  "I 

l_J*J 


LTJ 


I i    LlJ    I i    i I    I I    I I 


JLJL 

O 

o 

o  z 

I 

-*»   — 

-h    — 

_ 

o    es 

n 

a>     o 

» 

-i    < 

■™* 

r#- 

TJ 

O 

o 

3> 
O 

z 


o 
o 


o 
o 


3D 

o 


i  2.  i 

O  3        CD 

CO  —      — 

W 

°-  <-+• 

C  1 

-1  at 

3  — 


M   fi 


L"_J 


I 

to 

1 

1 

o 

2  ra  ffl  r?i  r*i  rri  r?n 


O 

3D 


3> 

o 

O 

J> 
30 


30 


LTJ  Lrj  LTJ  LrJ  L7J 


ill 


CO  o 
CO     o 

1 

CO 

* 

TO 

X 

r+    3 

CO 

a. 

U3 

O     3 

3     — 

CO 

o 

O 

c 

a> 

3 

r»- 

T 

3 

6°1  lf°l  l»*l  &*1  Itftl  ks?i 


l"  -  ' 


lsl    I  "I    I  El    I  il    Isfl 

L_J    L_J    L_^J    L_"J    L_J    L_J 


o 

3- 

(0 

puty   U 
Contr 
Direct 

o 

-h 

00 

*&« 

P) 

-h 

1 

-H 

rti 


L_gJ 


RESTRICTED 


2-4 


COMM 
OFFICER 


WIRE   AND   RADIO 

COMMUNICATIONS 

SET  UP   BEHIND   PLOT 


(NOTE:   THIS  LARGE  CHART  SHOULD  BE  LIGHTED  BY  OVERHEAD  SHADED  LIGHTS) 


BLOWN   UP   LARGE  SCALE   PLOT  OF  MANEUVER   AREA 
SCALE    1:3000   FOR  OPERATIONS   AND  UMPIRE   BRIEFING 


PLOT  MAINTAINED  BY  GREASE  PENCIL  OVER  CLEAR  ACETATE 


PLOTTER 


IN 
BASKET 


2-ACTION 


O 


®  A6GRESS0R 
PHONE 


PLOTTER 


OUT 

BASKET 


3- ACT  I  ON 


O 


®  UMPIRE 
PHONE 


INT.  NCO 

G-2 

G-3 

OPNS 
NCO 

SUPPORT- 
ING ARMS 


TIO 
SEC 


ARTY  0 

NGF 

0 

TIO 

0 

TIO 

0 

G-l 


G-* 


SPACE 
FOR  DAILY  UMPIRE 
BRIEFING  (CHAIRS  OR  BENCHES] 

CHART  2a 


2-5 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

d.  The  Special  Umpires  are  responsible  for  umpire -controlling  special  situations  (ar- 
mored attacks,  etc.)  as  directed  by  the  Umpire  Director. 

e.  In  the  planning  and  execution  of  umpire -con  trol,the  G-4  is  responsible  for: 

(1)  Co-ordinating  the  logistic  support  of  the  Umpire -Control  Group  and  Maneuver  En- 
emy during  the  operational  phase. 

(2)  Preparation  of  all  administrative  orders  for  the  implementation  of  umpire -control 
operations,  training  plans  and  orders. 

f .  The  Communications  Officer  has  the  dual  responsibility  of  planning  and  executing  all 
aspects  of  administrative  and  operational  signal  communications.   The  burden  of  these  respon- 
sibilities will  shift  between  his  administrative  and  operational  responsibilities,  depending  upon 
the  phase  of  the  operation.   Similarly,  the  Supply  Officer  and  Motor  Transport  Officer  are  con- 
cerned with  both  the  administrative  and  operational  aspects  of  umpire -control,  in  that  procure- 
ment, storage,  maintenance,  issue-  and  operation  of  all  supplies  and  equipment,  including  motor 
transportation,  will  be  governed  by  (1)  administrative  or   'normal"  requirements  and  (2)  um- 
pire-control or  "special"  requirements. 

213.   Technique .  -  a.   Umpire -Control  Director  Headquarters  will  function  as  a  Joint  Operations 
Staff.   A  continuous  (G-2)  -  (G-3)  plot  will  be  maintained  on  a  large  scale  map  (preferably  1: 
3,000).   In  addition  to  the  normal  members  of  a  staff,  the  OinC  Supporting  Arms  Group,  Support- 
ing Arms  Control  Groups,  and  the  OinC  Division  Umpire -Control  Group  will  be  located  at  Um- 
pire-Control Director  Headquarters. 


SECTION  HI 
DIVISION  UMPIRE -CONTROL  GROUP 


220.  General.-  a.    Communications  for  the  Division  Umpire -Control  Group  are  set  forth  in 
Chapter  3. 

221.  Organization .  -  a.    The  Division  Umpire -Control  Group  is  composed  of  two  Umpire- 
Control  Teams: 

(1)  Tactical  Umpire -Control  Team: 

(a)  Staff  (G-2;  G-3)  Umpires 

(b)  Tank  Battalion  Umpires 

(c)  Reconnaissance  Company  Umpires 

(d)  Signal  Battalion  Umpires 

(2)  Administrative  Umpire -Control  Team: 

(a)  Staff  (G-l;  G-4)  Umpires 

(b)  Service  Battalion  Umpires 

(c)  Medical  Battalion  Umpires 

(d)  Engineer  Battalion  Umpires 

(e)  Motor  Transport  Battalion  Umpires 

(f )  Shore  Party  Battalion  Umpires 

(g)  Ordnance  Battalion  Umpires 
(h)   Tac  Log  Umpires 

b.  See  Chart  3. 

c.  Umpires  for  attached  Corps  units  will  be  added  to  this  group  as  necessary. 

222.  Duties.-  a.   The  OinC  of  the  Division  Umpire -Control  Group  is  responsible  for: 

(1)  Controlling  and  co-ordinating  the  organization,  equipment,  training  and  operation 
of  the  tactical  and  administrative  Umpire -Control  Teams. 

(2)  Supervising  and  co-ordinating  the  preparation  of  scripts  containing  tactical  and 
administrative  incidents  and  situations. 


RESTRICTED  2-6 


RESTRICTED 


DIVISION   UMPIRE-CONTROL   GROUP 


TACTICAL  UMPIRE-CONTROL  TEAM 


STAFF 

.          1 

1 

1 

e-2 

6-3 

TANK 
BN 

TANK 
CO 

1 

1 

RCN 
CO 


SIGNAL 
BN 


ADMINISTRATIVE  UMPIRE-CONTROL  TEAM 


STAFF 


SERV 
BN 


MED 
BN 


ENG 


MT 
BN 


SP 
BN 


ORD 
BN 


TAC 
LOG 


1 

1 

6-1 

G-* 

DIVISION  UMPIRE-CONTROL  GROUP 


Chart  3 


2-7 


RESTRICTED 


.RESTRICTED 

(3)   Preparing  final  report  for  the  Group. 

b.  The  OinC  of  the  Tactical  Umpire -Control  Team  is  responsible  for  training  all  tactical 
umpires  and  the  supervision  of  their  special,  periodic  and  final  reports.   He  also  supervises 
the  introduction  of  tactical  incidents  and  situations  into  the  script. 

c.  The  OinC  of  the  Administrative  Umpire -Control  Team  is  responsible  for  training  all 
administrative  umpires  and  supervision  of  their  periodic  and  final  reports.   He  also  supervises 
the  introduction  of  administrative  incidents  and  situations  into  the  script. 

d.  The  Tactical  and  Administrative  Umpires  will: 

(1)  Introduce  prepared  incidents. 

(2)  Assess  casualties  when  appropriate  -  both  materiel  and  personnel. 

(3)  Prepare  and  introduce  local  incidents  which  are  logical  developments  of  local  sit- 
uations.   (Care  must  be  exercised  to  see  that  local  incidents  affect  only  unit  for  which  intended.) 

(4)  Keep  chronological,  factual  data  on  unit  umpired.    (Be  prepared  to  furnish  above 
information  as  directed.) 

(5)  Submit  reports  to  OinC  at  conclusion  of  each  exercise. 

223.    Technique  of  Umpire -Control,  Medical- -  a.    The  quantitative  umpiring  of  casualties  for 
purpose  of  fire  power  computations,  as  set  forth  in  FM  105-5,  must  be  extended  if  medical  in- 
stallations, units,  procedures,  and  personnel  are  to  be  tested  and  exercised  in  amphibious 
problems.    The  following  is  presented  to  establish  an  umpiring  organization  capable  of  oper- 
ating and  reporting  on  all  phases  of  casualty -handling,  sanitation  and  hygiene  in  amphibious 
operations. 

b.  The  OinC  of  the  Medical  Umpire  Team  is  a  special  staff  officer  on  the  staff  of  the 
Umpire  Director.    He  is  responsible  for: 

(1)  Preparation  of  the  casualty  umpiring  plan. 

(2)  Organization  and  equipment  of  the  Medical  Umpire  Team  to  implement  the  casualty 
umpiring  plan. 

(3)  Calculation  of  numbers  of  casualties  to  be  assessed,  based  on  training  require- 
ments, medical  facilities  available,  and  appropriate  casualty  experience  tables. 

(4)  Preparation  and  distribution  of  umpire  casualty  tags. 

(5)  Briefing  of  umpire  team  chiefs  concerning  use  and  control  of  umpire  casualty 
tags. 

(6)  Over-all  supervision  of  the  medical  umpiring  system. 

(7)  Over-all  supervision  of  umpiring  sanitation  and  hygiene. 

c.  The    assistant  to  the  OinC  will  carry  out  such  observation  and  record -keeping  mis- 
sions as  may  be  assigned. 

d.  Each  infantry  battalion  medical  umpire  will  carry  out  such  observation  and  record- 
keeping missions  as  may  be  assigned.    He  will  be  responsible  for  collecting,  tabulating  and 
safeguarding  umpire  casualty  tags  as  soon  as  practicable  after  completion  of  medical  treat- 
ment. 

e.  Under  supervision  of  the  OinC,  Medical  Umpire  Team,  the  umpire  organization  pre- 
pares casualty  tags  for  the  use  of  the  various  umpire  teams.    Large  baggage  tags  of  distinc- 
tive color,  with  string  or  wire  attached,  are  most  desirable. 

(1)  Casualty  tags  must  describe  symptoms  rather  than  furnish  a  diagnosis.  Correct 
early  diagnosis  and  treatment  are  measures  of  the  efficiency  of  the  medical  organization.  All 
casualty  tags  will  have  identical  front  faces,  imprinted  as  shown  in  Form  1. 

f  .    A  code  number  (Code  number  1  is  shown  on  Form  1)  represents  a  complete  set  of 
symptoms  for  each  type  of  casualty.   In  each  instance  the  symptoms  will  be  described  on  the 
back  of  the  casualty  tag  and  the  appropriate  code  number  will  be  placed  in  the  upper  right 
corner. 

(1)  Casualty  tags  are  divided  into  two  general  classes,  high  explosive  wounds  and 
small  arms  wounds.  In  addition,  twenty  per  cent  of  the  cards  will  be  blank  on  the  back  side. 
The  OinC  of  the  Medical  Umpire  Team  will  prepare  a  number  of  sets  of  symptoms  for  H.  E. 
and  small  arms  wounds  of  various  types.  Each  set  of  symptoms  described  should  lead  logi- 
cally to  a  diagnosis  and  treatment.  The  proportion  of  H.  E.  wound  tags  to  small  arms  wound 
tags  must  be  determined  after  a  study  of  experience  tables  and  the  armament  of  the  maneuver 
or  exercise  enemy.   At  least  five  sets  of  symptoms  of  each  type  will  be  prepared,  with  wounds 


2-8 


RESTRICTED 


SIMULATED  CASUALTY  TAG 


o 


Name 
Rank 
Unit 


Date    &    Time 


Signature    of   Officer   Umpire  / 


The  backs  of  casualty  tags  will   be   imprinted  with  a  set  of  symptoms,   a  statement 
of  the  type  of  wound   involved,   and  a  code  number. 


o 


SYMPTOMS 

1.  Bleeding  from  nose  and  ears 

2.  Pupils  unequal. 

3.  Unconscious. 

H.E.  Wound 


(1) 


FORM  FOR  A  SIMULATED  CASUALTY  TAG 


Form   I 


957460O—51 8 


2-9 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

varying  In  severity  from  those  requiring  only  treatment  and  release  to  those  requiring  evac- 
uation to  ships . 

(2)   Blank  tags  will  be  used  when  a  shortage  of  any  particular  type  of  tag  exists.   The 
officer  assessing  the  casualty  will  fill  in  the  back  of  the  tag  with  an  appropriate  set  of  symp- 
toms copied  from  the  type  of  tag  in  question.    In  addition,  blank  tags  will  be  used  to  designate 
simulated  dead  by  printing  "DEAD"  across  the  back  face  of  the  card. 

g.   Prior  to  the  execution  of  any  amphibious  exercise  or  maneuver,  the  OinC,  Medical 
Umpire  Team,  will  brief  all  umpire  groups  chiefs  on  the  medical  umpiring  plan.   Briefing  will 
include: 

(1)  Distribution  of  casualty  tags. 

(2)  Description  of  use  of  tag. 

(3)  Distribution  and  explanation  of  medical  umpire  check  list. 

h.   Detailed  plans  will  be  prepared  for  the  actual  assessment  of  casualties.   A  controlling 
maximum  percentage  to  be  assessed  on  units  of  different  types  must  be  specified.   The  use  of 
simulated  casualties  serves  primarily  to  test  and  exercise  the  medical  organization  of  the  unit 
under  training.   At  the  same  time,  it  furnishes  troop  umpires  a  forceful  method  with  which  to 
penalize  gross  errors.   The  assessment  of  casualties  for  this  purpose  must  be  given  careful 
study  by  the  troop  umpires.    Care  will  be  exercised  to  avoid  destroying  the  tactical  integrity 
or  usefulness  of  units;  unusual  numbers  of  leaders  will  not  be  declared  casualties.    The  actual 
assessment  of  simulated  casualties  will  be  performed  only  by  an  officer  umpire. 

i .   The  following  are  considered  maximum  percentages  to  be  assessed  against  infantry 
assault  units  in  any  one  day: 

(1)  Division  -  3% 

(2)  RCT  &  BLT  -  5% 

(3)  Company  and  Platoon  -  10% 

(4)  Squad  or  Fire  Team  -  20% 

Note:       Above  percentages  apply  only  to  casualties  to  be  treated  and/or  evacuated.   The 
quantitative  assessment  of  casualties  for  fire  power  computations  is  a  function  of  infantry 
umpires. 

j  .    Unnecessary  detention  of  simulated  casualties  is  not  desirable.   During  the  planning 
phase  it  will  be  necessary  to  provide  for  the  release  of  casualties  at  specified  times  and 
places.   Casualties  evacuated  to  ships  should  be  released  and  returned  to  the  beach  prior  to 
dark  each  day,  where  they  can  join  those  casualties  held  in  beach  medical  installations.   The 
actual  time  of  release  for  simulated  casualties  must  be  determined  for  each  exercise  or 
maneuver,  dependent  upon  daylight  hours,  distances  involved,  and  transportation  available. 
Umpires  will  notify  the  G-l  or  S-l  of  the  senior  unit  as  to  the  numbers  and  location  of  casual- 
ties and  state  the  time' of  their  release.    This  procedure  will  allow  the  unitrunder  training  to 
test  its  personnel  replacement  plans  and  system. 

k.   The  medical  umpire  system  outlined  herein  provides  medical  personnel  only  for  basic 
planning  and  supervisory  duties.    In  order  to  gather  sufficient  information  for  complete  reports, 
other  umpires  must  be  required  to  gather  certain  facts.   For  this  purpose,  a  medical  umpire 
check  list  should  be  prepared  and  arrangements  made  for  all  umpires  to  complete  pertinent 
sections  as  appropriate.    (See  sample  Medical  Umpire  Check  List,  Form  2.) 
Note:       The  OinC,  Medical  Umpire  Team,  should  use  Form  2  as  a  guide,  expanding  or  delet- 
ing as  necessary  to  fit  the  unit  and  situation.   Detailed  assignments  should  be  made  to  medical 
and  troop  umpires  to  insure  complete  coverage. 

1 .    At  the  conclusion  of  any  exercise  or  maneuver,  the  completed  medical  umpire  check 
lists  should  be  collected  by  the  OinC,  Medical  Umpire  Group.   Based  on  information  thus  ob- 
tained, a  report  should  be  prepared  for  the  Umpire  Director.    This  report  should  be  objective 
in  its  approach,  factual  in  content,  and  should  include  such  direct  observations  as  will  assist 
the  Umpire  Director  to: 

(1)  Evaluate  medical  performance. 

(2)  Point  out  deficiencies  in  medical  organization  and  technique. 

(3)  Make  recommendations  concerning  changes  in  amphibious  medical  doctrine. 

(4)  See  Chapter  5,  Umpire  Reports. 


RESTRICTED  2-10 


Form  2  RESTRICTED 

MEDICAL  UMPIRE   CHECK  LIST 

1.  Medical  Organization: 

a.  Personnel  (number  and  rank) 

b.  Equipment  (medical) 

c.  Installations  (aid  stations,  hospitals,  evacuation  points) 

2.  General  efficiency  of  medical  personnel  and  facilities: 

a.  Choice  of  sites  for  medical  installations  (distance  from  supported 
troops,  water  available,  use  of  cover  and  concealment) 

b.  Care  and  handling  of  equipment 

c.  Speed  of  establishment  of  medical  facilities 

d.  Handling  and  movement  of  casualties  from  time  casualty 
is  discovered  until  medical  action  is  complete 

/ 

e.  Use  of  emergency  medical  tags 

3.  Records  maintained  and  reports  submitted. 

4.  Chain  of  evacuation  (description): 

a.  Sorting  (are  most  serious  casualties  treated  first?) 

b.  Routing 

c .  Efficiency 

d.  Beach  evacuation  station  (time  of  establishment) 

e.  Shore-to-ship  technique 

5.  Sanitation  and  hygiene  (both  medical  and  troop  installations). 


2-11  RESTRICTED 


SECTION  IV 
RCT  UMPIRE -CONTROL  GROUP 

230.  General.-  a.   The  OinC,  RCT  Umpire -Control  Group,  is  responsible  for  the  co-ordination 
of  subordinate  echelons  within  the  RCT  Umpire -Control  Group  during  training  for  rehearsal 

of  and  execution  of  the  exercise. 

231 .  Organization.-  a.  The  RCT  Umpire -Control  Group  is  organized  as  set  forth  herein  to  pro- 
vide adequate  umpire -control  of  all  elements  of  a  ''K"  series  T/O  Infantry  Regiment  (War). 

b.  For  composition  of  the  RCT  Umpire -Control  Group  (less  communication  personnel), 
see  Chart  4. 

c.  When  elements  are  attached  to  the  regiment  to  form  an  operational  part  of  the  RCT, 
the  umpires  of  the  attached  units  will  join  the  RCT  Umpire -Control  Group. 

232.  Duties.-  a.    The  OinC,  RCT  Umpire -Control  Group,  is  responsible  for  the  following: 

(1)  Co-ordination  of  BLT  Umpire -Control  Teams  in  the  assigned  zone  of  action. 

(2)  Training  and  execution  to  be  carried  out  in  accordance  with  the  umpire- 
control  script. 

(3)  Submitting  recommendations  for  modifications  to  the  umpire -control  script, 
during  the  training  period. 

(4)  Co-ordination  of  umpire -control  of  regimental  headquarters  and  regimental 
weapons. 

(5)  instructions  in  Chapter  5  relating  to  reports  being  understood  and  complied  with 
by  subordinate  umpires. 

(6)  The  evaluation  of  the  tactics  employed  by  the  RCT  in  the  execution  of  the  exercise. 

(7)  The  evaluation  of  the  state  of  training  and  combat  efficiency  of  the  unit  exercised. 

(8)  Use  of  supporting  arms  fire  broadcasts  received  from  the  IRSAC  as  they  affect 
the  RCT  situation. 

b.  The  assistant  OinC  and  Staff  Umpire  is  responsible  for  umpire -control  of  the  RCT 
staff  and  has  the  following  additional  duties: 

(1)  Assist  the  OinC,  RCT  Umpire -Control  Group,  in  duties  outlined  in  paragraph 
232  a.  (1)  through  (7). 

(2)  Introduction  of  incidents  in  accordance  with  the  umpire -control  script  and  the 
RCT  situation. 

(3)  Evaluation  of  the  actions  of  the  staff  as  they  relate  to  each  specific  situation. 

(4)  Evaluation  of  the  state  of  training  of  the  RCT  staff  sections. 

(5)  Preparation  and  submission  of  a  report  as  specified  in  Chapter  5. 

c.  The  4.2"  Mortar  Company  Umpire  is  responsible  for  the  following: 

(1)  The  introduction  of  local  incidents  which  will  be  logical  as  to  time,  effect,  existing 
tactical  situation  and  not  contrary  to  the  over-all  plan. 

(2)  Keeping  the  RCT  Umpire  informed  of  the  company's  situation  in  supporting  the 
attack. 

(3)  Evaluation  of  tactics  employed  by  the  company. 

(4)  Evaluation  of  the  state  of  training  and  combat  efficiency  of  the  company. 

(5)  Preparation  and  submission  of  a  report  as  specified  in  Chapter  5. 

d.  The  Anti-Tank  Company  Umpire  is  charged  with  the  following: 

(1)  Introduction  of  local  incidents  which  will  be  logical  as  to  time,  effect,  existing 
tactical  situation  and  not  contrary  to  the  over-all  plan. 

(2)  Keeping  the  RCT  Umpire  informed  of  the  company's  effort  in  supporting  the  attack. 

(3)  Evaluation  of  tactics,  state  of  training  and  combat  efficiency  of  toe  company. 

(4)  Preparation  and  submission  of  a  report  as  specified  in  Chapter  5. 

e.  The  Regimental  Tank  Platoon  Umpire  is  responsible  for  the  following: 

(1)  Introduction  of  incidents  into  the  tank  platoon  situation  in  accordance  with  the 
umpire -control  script  and  local  developments. 

(2)  Evaluation  of  the  tactics  and  state  of  training  of  the  unit. 


RESTRICTED  2-12 


OS  TO 

GO  GO 

»•  >• 

o  o 


RESTRICTED 


I 


I     * 

I 
I 
i 


LTJ. 


m 
l 

o 
o 


33 
O 


o 


c:  o 

*«* 

o 

o 


e»  =  o 

50  *  T 

o 

o 


(7> 
33 
O 


■o  1- 


2°     - 


J> 

<yj 

w 

-1 

w 

> 

r*- 

-n 

O 

i— 

3 

T 

O 

■O 

»• 

HI  -J 


2-13 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

(3)  Co-ordination  with  infantry  and  other  tank  umpires  operating  in  the  assigned  zone 
of  action. 

(4)  Preparation  and  submission  of  a  report  in  accordance  with  Chapter  5. 

f .  The  75mm  Recoilless  Platoon  Umpire  is  charged  with  the  following: 

(1)  Introduction  of  incidents  into  the  situation  in  accordance  with  the  umpire -control 
script  and  local  developments. 

(2)  Evaluation  of  the  tactics  and  state  of  training  of  the  unit. 

(3)  Co-ordination  with  infantry  umpires  operating  in  the  assigned  zone  of  action. 

(4)  Preparation  and  submission  of  a  report  in  accordance  with  Chapter  5. 

g.  The  Special  Situations  Umpire  is  responsible  for  the  following: 

(1)  Umpiring  of  road  blocks  and  mine  fields  as  directed  by  the  RCT  Umpire. 

(2)  Performance  of  other  duties  assigned  by  the  RCT  Umpire. 

h.   The  OinC,  BLT  Umpire -Control  Team  (hereinafter  called  BLT  Umpire),  is  respons- 
ible for  the  umpire -control  of  the  BLT. 

(1)  During  the  training  period  prior  to  the  exercise  he  is  responsible  for  training  the 
umpire -control  team  under  supervision  of  the  OinC,  RCT  Umpire -Control  Group  (hereinafter 
called  RCT  Umpire). 

(2)  During  the  exercise  he  is  responsible  to  the  RCT  Umpire  for  the  following: 

(a)  Direct  control  of  the  advance  of  the  BLT  when  hostile  resistance  has  reached 
a  point  requiring  action  by  the  BLT  commander.  Until  then,  direct  control  is  exercised  by  the 
company  or  subordinate  umpires.  Should  action  by  the  BLT  commander  fail  to  reduce  the  re- 
sistance, direct  control  is  relinquished  to  the  RCT  Umpire. 

(b)  Introduction  of  incidents  into  the  BLT  situation  in  accordance  with  the  script 
and  tactical  developments. 

(c)  Co-ordination  of  the  umpire -control  team  with  the  maneuver  enemy  in  the  ex- 
ecution of  the  exercise. 

(d)  Supply  of  information  to  the  Landing  Force  Umpire -Control  Director  and  to 
the  RCT  Umpire  regarding  the  BLT  situation  and  progress  of  its  advance. 

(e)  Evaluation  of  the  tactics  employed  by  the  BLT  in  execution  of  the  exercise. 

(f )  Observation  and  evaluation  of  the  state  of  training  and  combat  efficiency  of 
the  battalion. 

(g)  Preparation  and  submission  of  a  report  on  the  BLT  as  specified  in  Chapter  5. 
(h)   Providing  the  general  administrative  requirements  of  the  umpire -control  team. 
(i)   Use  of  supporting  Arms  fire  broadcasts  received  from  the  IBSAC  as  they  affect 

the  BLT  situation. 

(3)  In  order  to  accomplish  these  duties,  he  must  be  in  direct  communication  with  the 
Landing  Force  Umpire -Control  Director,  the  RCT  Umpire,  the  BLT  Staff  Umpire,  the  Weapons 
Company  Umpire,  the  Rifle  Company  Umpires,  and  the  umpires  of  the  attached  units. 

i .   The  Assistant  OinC  and  Staff  Umpire  is  charged  with  assisting  the  OinC  with  umpire- 
control  of  the  BLT  Staff,  assisting  the  OinC  with  umpire -control  of  the  BLT  Staff. 

(1)  He  is  responsible  for  the  following: 

(a)  Introduction  of  incidents  into  CP  procedures  in  accordance  with  the  script  and 
the  BLT  situation. 

(b)  Supply  of  information  to  the  BLT  Umpire  regarding  the  CP  situation  and  actions 
of  the  Staff  that  affect  the  BLT  Umpire's  decisions. 

(c)  Evaluation  of  the  Staff's  actions  with  regard  to  the  BLT  situation. 

(d)  Observation  and  evaluation  of  the  state  of  training  and  efficiency  of  each  section 
of  the  Staff. 

(e)  Preparation  and  submission  of  a  report  on  the  Staff  as  specified  in  Chapter#5. 

(2)  In  order  to  accomplish  these  duties,  he  must  be  in  communication  with  all  elements 
of  the  umpire -control  team. 

3     The  fire -marking  team  is  responsible  for  the  execution  of  fire -marking  (or  other) 
missions  assigned  by  the  BLT  Umpire.    Authority  for  use  of  this  Section  may  be  delegated  to 
company  and  staff  umpires;  however,  this  use  must  be  co-ordinated  by  the  BLT  Umpire.   To 
accomplish  their  duties  the  fire -marking  section  must  be  in  communication  with  all  elements 
of  the  umpire -control  team. 


RESTRICTED  2-14 


RESTRICTED 

k.   The  Special  Situations  Umpire  Team  is  responsible  for  umpiring  road  blocks  and  mine 
fields  where  the  normal  organization  of  the  BLT  Umpire -Control  Team  is  inadequate  to  main- 
tain satisfactory  control,  supplementing  the  fire -marking  team  when  practicable,  and  perform- 
ing other  duties  assigned  by  the  BLT  Umpire. 

1 .   The  Weapons  Company  Umpire  is  responsible  for  umpire -control  of  the  Weapons 
Company. 

(1)  He  is  further  responsible  for  the  following: 

(a)  Introduction  of  incidents  into  the  Weapons  Company  routine  in  accordance  with 
the  script  and  the  BLT  situation. 

(b)  Co-ordination  of  the  MG  Plat,  AT  Aslt  Plat,  and  81mm  Mortar  Plat  umpires. 

(c)  Supply  of  information  to  the  BLT  Umpire  regarding  the  Weapons  Company 
situation,  actions  of  the  company  in  supporting  the  BLT,  and  the  effectiveness  of  those  actions. 

(d)  Whenever  practicable,  assisting  the  BLT  Staff  Umpire  in  the  execution  of  his 
duties . 

(e)  Evaluation  of  the  tactics  employed  by  the  company. 

(f )  Observation  and  evaluation  of  the  state  of  training  and  combat  efficiency  of 
the  company. 

(g)  Preparation  and  submission  of  a  report  on  the  company  as  specified  in 
Chapter  5. 

(2)  To  accomplish  these  duties  he  must  be  in  communication  with  all  elements  of  the 
BLT  Umpire -Control  Team. 

m.  The  Battalion  Machine  Gun  Platoon  Umpire,  the  Anti-Tank  Assualt  Platoon  Umpire, 
and  the  81mm  Mortar  Platoon  Umpire  are  each  responsible  for  umpire -control  of  their  re- 
spective platoons  of  the  Weapons  Company. 

(1)  Each  is  responsible  for  the  following: 

(a)  Introduction  of  incidents  into  his  respective  platoon's  situation,  in  accordance 
with  the  script  and  the  BLT  situation. 

(b)  Supply  of  information  to  the  Weapons  Company  Umpire  regarding  the  platoon 
situation,  actions  of  the  platoon  in  supporting  the  BLT,  and  the  effectiveness  of  these  actions. 

(c)  Evaluation  of  tactics  employed  by  the  platoon. 

(d)-  Observation  and  evaluation  of  the  state  of  training  and  combat  efficiency  of 
the  platoon. 

(e)   Preparation  and  submission  to  the  Weapons  Company  Umpire  of  a  report  on 
the  platoon  as  specified  in  Chapter  5. 

(2)  To  accomplish  these  duties  they  must  be  in  communication  with  the  Weapons 
Company  Umpire  and  each  with  the  other. 

n.   The  Rifle  Company  Umpire  is  responsible  for  umpire -control  of  the  Rifle  Company 
and  of  all  units  and  personnel  attached  which  are  without  accompanying  umpires. 
(1)   He  is  responsible  for  the  following: 

(a)  Direct  control  of  the  advance  of  the  company  when  hostile  resistance  has 
reached  a  point  requiring  action  by  the  company  commander.   Until  then,  direct  control  is 
exercised  by  the  platoon  or  squad  umpires.   Should  action  by  the  company  commander  fail  to 
reduce  the  resistance,  direct  control  is  relinquished  to  the  BLT  Umpire. 

(b)  Introduction  of  incidents  into  the  company  situation  in  accordance  with  the 
script  and  tactical  developments. 

(c)  Co-ordination  of  squad  and  platoon  umpires  in  umpire -control  of  the  exercise. 

(d)  Co-ordination  of  the  maneuver  enemy  with  umpire -control  of  the  company. 
(This  is  accomplished  through  the  Company  Liaison  NCO  who  precedes  the  company,  main- 
taining contact  with  the  maneuver  enemy  unit  that  is  opposing  that  company.    These  liaison 
duties  are  performed  by  the  asst.  company  umpire). 

(e)  Supply  of  information  to  the  BLT  Umpire  regarding  the  company  situation  and 
progress  of  the  advance. 

(f )  Evaluation  of  tactics  employed  by  the  company. 

(g)  Observation  and  evaluation  of  the  state  of  training  and  combat  efficiency  of 
the  company. 

(h)   Preparation  and  submission  to  the  BLT  Umpire  of  a  report  on  the  company 
as  specified  in  Chapter  5. 


2-15  RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

(2)   To  accomplish  these  duties  he  must  be  in  communication  with  all  the  umpires  of 
his  company,  the  Company  Liaison  NCO,  the  BLT  Umpire,  and  other  company  and  staff  um- 
pires of  the  umpire -control  team. 

o.    The  Rifle  Platoon  Umpire  is  responsible  for  umpire -control  of  the  Rifle  Platoon  and 
of  all  units  and  personnel  attached  when  without  accompanying  umpires. 

(1)  He  is  responsible  for  the  following: 

(a)  Direct  control  of  the  advance  when  hostile  resistance  reaches  a  point  requir- 
ing action  by  the  platoon  commander.    (No  umpire  below  platoon  umpire  level  shall  control  the 
advance  of  squads  and  the  platoon  umpire  shall  exercise  such  control  only  when  the  entire 
platoon  is  advancing.   When  action  by  the  platoon  commander  fails  to  reduce  resistance,  control 
reverts  to  the  company  umpire.) 

(b)  Introduction  of  incidents  into  the  platoon  situation  in  accordance  with  the  script 
and  tactical  developments. 

(c)  Co-ordination  of  squad  umpires  in  umpire -control  of  the  exercise. 

(d)  Supply  of  information  to  the  company  umpire  regarding  the  platoon  situation 
and  progress  of  the  advance. 

(e)  Evaluation  of  tactics  employed  by  the  platoon. 

(f )  Observation  and  evaluation  of  the  state  of  training  and  combat  efficiency  of 
the  platoon. 

(g)  Preparation  and  submission  to  the  company  umpire  of  a  report  on  the  platoon 
as  specified  in  Chapter  5. 

(2)  To  accomplish  these  duties  he  must  be  in  communication  with  the  company  umpire, 
and  the  platoon  and  squad  umpires  of  the  company. 

p.   The  Company  60mm  Mortar  and  LMG  Umpire  is  responsible  for  umpire -control  of 
the  60mm  Mortar  Section  and  of  the  Light  Machine  Gun  Platoon  when  it  operates  as  a  platoon 
under  company  control. 

(1)   He  is  responsible  for  the  following: 

(a)  Introduction  of  incidents  into  the  situation  of  the  Mortar  Section  and  Machine 
Gun  Platoon  in  accordance  with  the  script  and  the  company's  tactical  developments. 

(b)  Supply  of  information  to  the  Rifle  Company  Umpire  regarding  the  situation, 
the  actions  of  these  units  in  supporting  the  company,  and  the  effectiveness  of  those  actions. 

(c)  Evaluation  of  tactics  employed  by  each. 

(d)  Observation  and  evaluation  of  the  state  of  training  and  combat  efficiency  of 
each. 

(e)  Preparation  and  submission  to  the  company  umpire  of  a  report  on  each  as' 
specified  in  Chapter  5. 

q.    The  Rifle  Squad  Umpire  is  charged  with  umpire -control  of  the  Rifle  Squad  and  of  all 
attached  personnel. 

(1)  He  is  responsible  for  the  following: 

(a)  Direct  control  of  elements  of  the  squad  at  all  times  that  the  squad  is  advancing- 
He  may,  by  verbal  instructions,  hold  up  elements  of  the  squad  in  order  to  facilitate  squad  prob- 
lems.  When  hostile  resistance  reaches  a  point  beyond  which  the  squad  cannot  by  its  own  action 
continue  to  advance,  the  squad  umpire  relinquishes  control  to  the  platoon  umpire. 

(b)  Introduction  of  incidents  into  the  squad  situation  in  accordance  with  the  script 
and  the  platoon  tactical  developments. 

(c)  Supply  of  information  to  the  platoon  umpire  regarding  the  situation  and  pro- 
gress of  the  advance.     ' 

(d)  Evaluation  of  tactics  employed  by  the  squad. 

(e)  Observation  and  evaluation  of  the  state  of  training  and  combat  efficiency  of 
the  squad. 

(f )  Preparation  and  submission  of  a  report  to  the  platoon  umpire  of  the  squad  as 
specified  in  Chapter  5. 

(2)  To  accomplish  these  duties  he  must  be  in  communication  with  the  platoon  umpire 
and  other  squad  umpires. 


RESTRICTED  2-16 


RESTRICTED 
SECTION  V 

SUPPORTING  ARMS  UMPIRE -CONTROL  GROUP 

240.    General.-  a.    The  mission  of  the  Supporting  Arms  Umpire -Control  Group  during  maneu- 
vers and  exercises  is  to  obtain  and  promulgate  information  to  the  Landing  Force  Umpire  - 
Control  Director  and  unit  umpires  concerning  the  effect  of  field  artillery,  air,  naval  gunfire 
and  AAA  support  against  targets  confronting  the  Landing  Force.    Damage  assessment  included 
is  utilized  by  the  unit  umpires,  in  cases  of  close  support  missions,  in  determining  the  progress 
of  the  infantry  being  umpired. 

(1)    The  Supporting  Arms  Umpire -Control  Group  Headquarters  is  located  at  the  Land- 
ing Force  Umpire -Control  Director  Headquarters.    The  OinC  co-ordinates  the  activities  of 
each  of  the  Controllers  of  the  Supporting  Arms  Umpire  Teams,  viz.:    Air  Umpire  Team,  Artil- 
lery Umpire  Team,  Naval  Gunfire  Umpire    Team.    He  assures  that  Controllers  obtain  damage 
assessments,  and  takes  appropriate  action  on  all  information  secured.   In  addition,  the  OinC 
clears  damage  on  deep  targets  with  the  Landing  Force  Umpire -Control  Director  prior  to  allow- 
ing dissemination  of  information  to  units. 

b.  The  Artillery  Umpire  Team  umpires  the  actions  of  all  artillery  units  and  originates 
artillery  broadcasts,  using  the  form  as  shown  in  Form  3,  evaluating  the  damage  in  accordance 
with  Form  5.    All  missions  fired  by  Friendly  artillery  units  are  broadcast  to  the  Infantry, 
Regiment  and  Battalion  Supporting  Arms  Center  Section  (IR  and  IBSAC's).    The  Artillery  Con- 
troller monitors  all  artillery  broadcasts,  and  in  the  case  of  deep  support  missions,  informs 
the  Chief  Supporting  Arms  Umpire  of  damages  to  be  assessed  against  Maneuver  Enemy  Forces. 

c.  The  Air  Umpire  Team  umpires  the  actions  of  Friendly  and  Maneuver  Enemy  Air  Units 
and  Friendly  AAA  Units.    Airfield  umpires  observe  and  report  readiness  of  aircraft  and  crews 
to  perform  combat  missions.    Flying  umpires  will  accompany  Friendly  and  Maneuver  Enemy 
Air  Units  for  the  purpose  of  assessing  damage  done  by  unopposed  air  strikes  against  either 
Maneuver  Enemy  or  Friendly  troop  or  ground  installations.   Damage  assessment,  in  both  in- 
stances, is  passed  to  the  Air  Controller  who  processes  the  assessments  and  obtains  clearance 
from  the  Chief  Supporting  Arms  Umpire  prior  to  notifying  the  unit  or  units  affected. 

(1)   Information  as  to  the  effectiveness  of  an  air  attack  is  passed  by  the  flying  umpires 
with  Friendly  Air  Units  to  the  Air  Umpire -Controller  to  assist  him  in  determining  the  effects 
of  the  strike  on  ground  elements.    Umpires  with  AAA  units  will  ascertain  the  readiness  of  gun 
crews  and  communications  normal  for  combat  operation  of  AAA  units.   Reports  of  observation 
of  Friendly  AAA  units  functioning  against  Maneuver  Enemy  Aircraft  are  passed  via  radio  to 
the  Air  Umpire -Controller  to  assist  him  in  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  air  strike. 

d.  The  Naval  Gunfire  Umpire  Team  umpires  the  actions  of  all  Landing  Force  personnel 
connected  with  the  rendering  of  naval  gunfire  support,  and  assesses  damages  resulting  from  the 
firing  of  fire  support  ships  against  the  Maneuver  Enemy.   In  close  support  missions  the  damage 
assessment  is  made  by  the  OinC  of  the  IR  or  IBSAC  Umpires  and  is  passed  to  the  Infantry  Unit 
Umpire  for  action.    In  deep  support  missions  the  damage  assessment  is  normally  made  by  the 
Naval  Gunfire  Umpire -Controller  who  informs  the  Chief  Supporting  Arms  Umpire  of  the  dam- 
age to  be  assessed  against  the  Maneuver  Enemy  Forces. 

e.  Infantry  Regimental  Supporting  Arm  Center  Umpire  Sections  and  Infantry  Battalion 
Supporting  Arm  Center  Umpire  Sections  (IRSAC's  and  IBSAC's)  umpire  the  actions  of  the  sup- 
porting arm  centers  and  are  located  at  the  CP  of  each  infantry,  regiment  or  battalion  in  the  line. 
The  IR  and  IBSAC's  Umpires  also  provide  a  means  of  informing  the  Infantry  Unit  Umpires  of 
the  results  of  artillery,  naval  gunfire,  and  air  support  used  to  assist  infantry  units  as  well  as 
introducing  shell  reports  at  infantry,  regimental  and  battalion  levels.   Since  the  Naval  Gunfire 
Umpire  Sub-section  comprises  the  major  part  of  the  IR  and  IBSAC's  Umpires,  the  OinC  of  the 
Naval  Gunfire  Umpire  Sub-section  is  also  OinC  of  the  IR  or  IBSAC  Umpire  Section.    He  is  re- 
sponsible to  the  Naval  Gunfire  Umpire -Controller  for  the  training  of  the  Naval  Gunfire  Umpire 
Section  and  for  the  functioning  of  the  entire  team  once  the  Artillery  Umpire  Section  is  made 
available  by  the  Artillery  Umpire -Controller. 

f  .   Communications  incident  to  Supporting  Arms  Umpiring  are  contained  in  Chapter  3. 


057460  0— T>1 1 

2_i7  RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

Form  3 


FIRE  BROADCAST  FORM 

~  ~~~  Date 


From:  Fire  Broadcast  No.  ______  (Insert  station) 

(call  or  job  title,  and  broadcast  No.  No's  begin  at  one  for  each  originator.) 

To:  (Insert  station  call  or  letter.     Ex:    -A.) 

Location  (TA  Square) 

Nature  of  target 

Volume  of  fire  (Ex:   Bn  two  volleys) 

Type  fire  (Bomb,  shell,  HE,  Time,  etc.) 

Damage  

(In  terms  of  %  damage  to  targets  including  personnel  and  material.) 

Time  of  Dispatch  Time  of  receipt 


Originator  of  fire  broadcast  will  enter  radio  net  by  beginning  fire  broadcast 
when  net  is  clear.     Ex:    "This  is  Charlie  Arty  (Air,  Arty  NGF)  broadcast  No.  1, 
to  A         4098C  -  Platoon  in  open  -  Bn  five  volleys  -  HE  &  Time  -         %  casualties.' 


Form  4 
NAVAL  GUNFIRE  FIRE  BROADCAST  FORM 

Date  

From  

To 


COORDINATES: 


Nature  of  Target 


Class  of  Fire 


Guns  (No.  &  Cal) 


Type  Projectile 
Fuze 


Control 
Effect 


(No.  of  guns  in  FEE) 
♦Damage        


*In  terms  of  %  of  damage  to  targets  includ- 
ing personnel  and  material. 

RESTRICTED 

2-18 


RESTRICTED 

241.  Field  Artillery  Umpiring.-  a.   Organization:   The  Artillery  Umpire  Team  is  composed  of 
the  Artillery  Umpire -Controller  Section,  the  Artillery  Regimental  Umpire  Section,  four  (4)  Ar- 
tillery Battalion  Umpire  Sections  (one  (1)  Section  per  Artillery  Battalion  as  required),  four  (4) 
Friendly  Fire -Marking  Sections,  and  one  (1)  radio  sub-section  with  each  IR  and  IBSAC  Umpire 
Section. 

b.  The  Artillery  Umpire -Controller  Section  consists  of  one  (1)  field  officer  (team  chief 
and  senior  Artillery  Umpire),  one  (1)  company  officer  assistant,  one  (1)  staff  NCO  assistant, 
two  (2)  radio  operators,  one  (1)  driver  and  one  (1)  clerk.    This  Section  is  located  at  Landing 
Force  Umpire -Control  Director  Headquarters.   The  OinC  is  responsible  for  the  training,  co- 
ordination and  functioning  of  the  Artillery  Umpire  Team,  the  preparation  of  the  artillery  script, 
artillery  umpire  check  lists  and  the  artillery  report.   When  Maneuver  Enemy  Artillery  is  pres- 
ent, the  Umpire -Controller  exercises  supervision  and  control  over  this  artillery.    The  Umpire - 
Controller  receives  and  clears  damage  assessments  for  deep  support  mission  with  the  Chief 
Supporting  Arms  Umpire  and  prepares  damage  assessments  for  prearranged  fires. 

c.  The  Artillery  Regimental  Umpire  Section  consists  of  one  (1)  field  officer  (Regimental 
Umpire),  one  (1)  company  grade  officer  assistant  (FDC  Umpire),  one  (1)  staff  NCO  assistant 
(Assistant  FDC  Umpire),  two  (2)  radio  operators,  and  one  (1)  driver.   This  Section  is  located 
at  the  Division  Artillery  Headquarters.   It  exercises  supervision  over  artillery  umpiring  within 
the  artillery  regiment,  transmits  artillery  broadcasts  of  missions  originated  by  the  regimental 
FDC  and  directs  a  Friendly  Fire -Marking  Section  to  mark  missions  as  appropriate. 

d.  Artillery  Battalion  Umpire  Sections  each  consist  of  two  (2)  company  officers  (one  (1) 
FDC  Umpire  and  one  (1)  Battalion  Umpire),  one  (1)  staff  NCO  (Assistant  FDC  Umpire),  and 
two  (2)  radio  operators  (one  (1)  a  qualified  driver).   These  Sections  are  located  at  the  Artillery 
Battalion  Headquarters  and  transmit  artillery  broadcasts  and  damage  assessments  on  target 
of  opportunity  fires,  and  such  other  fires  as  affect,  no  artillery  echelon  higher  than  that  with 
which  they  are  working.   They  also  direct  Friendly  Fire -Marking  Sections  to  mark  the  fall 

of  close  supporting  fires. 

e.  A  Fire-Marking  Section  consists  of  one  (1)  staff  NCO,  one  (1)  radio  operator,  and  one 
(1)  driver.   Each  Section  is  assigned  a  general  area  of  operation,  three  of  these  sections  are 
assigned  general  areas  of  operations  behind  maneuver  enemy  front  lines,  throughout  which  the 
assigned  Sections  will  mark  fires  as  directed.   One  section  is  retained  behind  Friendly  front 
lines  for  use  by  OinC  supporting  Arms  Control  Group.   Fires  are  marked  by  the  use  of  simu- 
lators, smoke  grenades  and  sound  recordings  of  shell  explosions. 

f .  Radio  sub-sections,  for  the  purpose  of  receiving  artillery  broadcasts,  are  a  part  of 
each  IR  and  IBSAC  Umpire  Section.   See  paragraph  240  e.  above. 

242.  Functions.-  a.   Artillery  fire  missions  are  broadcast  over  the  artillery  broadcast  net  by 
an  FDC  Umpire  Section.   Broadcasts  are  received  by  the  artillery  radio  sub -section  of  the 
appropriate  IR  or  IBSAC  umpire  team  and  the  damage  assessment  recorded  is  passed,  via  the 
OinC,  to  the  infantry  unit  umpires. 

b.  Both  transmitting  and  receiving  stations  will  fill  out  a  fire  report  form  (Form  3)  for 
each  mission  sent  or  received.   Broadcasts  will  not  be  receipted  for,  but  each  broadcast  will 
be  repeated  once  by  the  originator.    Broadcasts  will  be  numbered  serially  by  each  station  in 
the  order  transmitted . 

c .  Form  5  contains  a  damage  assessment  guide  for  use  of  umpires  originating  fire 
broadcasts. 

d.  Observed  Fires: 

(1)  FDC  Umpires  will  accomplish  fire  report  forms  for  observed  fires  based  on  the 
observers'  initial  spot,  and  will  transmit  such  reports  over  the  artillery  fire  broadcast  net 
immediately. 

(2)  Infantry  umpires  will  assume  that  fire  is  falling  as  of  the  time  the  fire  broadcast 
is  received  from  the  radio  section  of  the  appropriate  IR  or  IBSAC  team.  When  possible,  Fire- 
Marking  Sections  will  be  employed  to  simulate  the  actual  fall  of  fire. 

(3)  FDC  Umpires  assume  that  fire  is  on  the  described,  close  target.   Fire -Marking 
Sections  will  normally  be  employed  on  area  targets,  and  it  is  assumed  that  the  fire  laid  down 
by  these  Sections  will  be  in  the  near  vicinity  of  the  target.   It  is  the  duty  of  the  NCO  in  charge 
of  the  Fire -Marking  Sections  to  move  to  the  vicinity  of  Enemy  forces  when  it  is  apparent  that 
subject  forces  are  in  actuality  the  target  being  adjusted  on.   FDC  Umpires  must  assess  damage 


2-19  RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


Form  5 
SUPPORTING  ARMS  DAMAGE  ASSESSMENT  TABLES  (Guide) 


FA  and  NGF 

Bn  Volley  (2  btrys) 
Btry  Volley  (6  guns) 
Rounds  Fired  By: 
Rockets  14.5") 
Rockets  (4.5&5") 
from  ship 
NGF   5",  6"  &  8" 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5      6 

7 

1 

2 

g 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9  10  11  12 

13  14  15 

10 

20 

30 

40 

50 

60 

70 

80 

90  100  110  120 

130  140  150 

13 

27 

40 

53 

67 

80 

93 

107 

120  133  147  160 

173  187  200 

6 

12 

18 

24 

30 

36 

42 

48 

54  60  66  72 

78  84  90 

DAMAGE  ASSESSED  (in  Per  cent) 


PERSONNEL 

Erect  running  in  trucks 

Prone 

Entrenched 


1 


2 
T73- 


1/6  1/3  1/2  2/3"  5/6" 

NOTE:  Increase  above  percentage  by    1/6  when  VT  and/or  time  is  used. 


3 

172- 


10     11     12     13     14     15 
5" 


4 
~2jW 


VEHICLES 

Armored 

Unarmored 


ARTILLERY 


FIRE  POWER 
Smoke 


H.  E. 

Bn  Volley  (2  btrys) 
Btry  Volley 
Rounds  Fired  By: 
Rockets  (4.5") 
Rockets  (4.5&5") 
from  ship 
NGF  5",  6"  &  8" 

PERSONNEL 

Erect   running  in  trucks 

Prone 

Entrenched 

VEHICLES 

Armored 

Unarmored 


1/10 

173- 


1/5 
"273" 


1/3 


2/5 
1  1/3 


1/2 
T273- 


Neutralized  for  length  of  concentration  PLUS  5  minutes. 


(1)  On  Unit  -  50%  reduction  for  stated  time. 

(2)  Direct  fire  weapons  other  than  rifle  -  100%  for  stated  time. 

(3)  Indicated  fire  weapons  -  25%  for  stated  time. 
On  unit  -  neutralized  for  stated  time. 


8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

160 

170 

180 

190 

200 

210 

220 

230 

240 

250 

260 

270 

280 

290 

300 

213 

227 

240  253 

267 

280  293 

307  320 

333 

347 

360 

373 

387  400 

96 

102 

108 

114 

120 

126 

132 

138 

144 

150 

156 

162 

168 

174 

180 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

6 

7 

6 

9 

10 

1 

1  1/16 

1 

1/3 

1 

1/2 

1 

2/3 

3/5 

7/10 

4/5 

9/1C 

1 

1 

2 

2 

1/3 

2 

2/3 

3 

3  1/3 

RESTRICTED 


2-20 


RESTRICTED 

based  on  the  assumption  that  had  live  ammunition  been  used,  an  effective  adjustment  would  be 
accomplished  by  the  observer. 

e.   Prearranged  fires:    FDC  Umpires  will  pass  information  of  prearranged  fires  to  the 
Artillery  Umpire -Controller  for  assignment  of  damage  assessment  and  for  forwarding  of  dam- 
age information  to  the  opposing  forces.   When  possible,  this  information  will  be  furnished  in 
advance  of  firing.   Fire -Marking  Sections  will  be  used  to  mark  close  prearranged  fires  when 
practicable. 

f  .    Counterbattery  Fire:   With  regard  to  prearranged  fires,  counterbattery  fires  must  be 
accurately  placed  (within  300  meters  of  the  actual  location  of  the  opposing  forces'  installation). 
Fire -Marking  Teams  will  not  be  employed  to  mark  these  fires.   Destruction  or  neutralization 
of  the  opposing  force  artillery  resulting  from  CB  fire,  will  be  assessed  by  the  Artillery  Um- 
pire-Controller, consistent  with  the  requirements  of  the  exercise. 

243.    Air  Umpiring.-  a.    Organization:    The  Air  Umpire  Team  is  composed  of  the  Air  Umpire- 
Controller  Section,  Airfield  Umpire  Sections,  (one  (1)  per  friendly  airfield  and  carrier  used  in 
the  landing  exercise),  Friendly  TACRON  Umpire  Section,  Flying  Umpire  Sections,  (two  (2)  per 
Friendly  and  Maneuver  Enemy  Strike  Group),  and  AAA  Umpire  Sections  (one  (1)  per  AAA 
battery). 

b.   Functions: 

(1)  The  Air  Umpire-Controller  Section  is  composed  of  two  (2)  officers  (one  (1)  Air 
Controller),  one  (1)  company  officer,  one  (1)  staff  NCO  assistant  and  two  (2)  radio  operators. 
This  Section  is  located  at  Landing  Force  Umpire  TControl  Director  Headquarters.    The  OinC 
is  responsible  for  the  training,  co-ordination  and  functioning  of  all  sections  of  the  Air  Umpir- 
ing Team.    In  addition,  he  prepares  the  air  umpire  check  lists  and  the  air  umpire  report. 

(2)  Airfield  Umpire  Sections  are  composed  of  two  (2)  company  officers  and  two  (2) 
radio  operators,  and  are  assigned  to  airfields  and/or  carriers  used  by  friendly  air  units. 
From  observation,  the  umpires  report  via  the  air  umpire  radio  net  to  the  Air  Umpire -Con- 
troller, the  combat  readiness  condition  of  aircraft  and  crews.   In  addition,  Airfield  Umpire 
Sections  may  be  used  to  introduce  special  control  situations  as  directed  by  Landing  Force 
Umpire -Control  Director. 

(3)  Friendly  TACRON  Umpire  Section  is  composed  of  two  (2)  company  officers  and 
two  (2)  radio  operators  and  employs  umpires  at  TACRON  (Afloat)  and  also  at  land -based 
TACRON  (TA.GC-TADC)  when  control  of  air  is  passed  ashore.    When  friendly  air  strikes  in 
support  of  ground  elements  are  directed,  a  report  of  same  is  passed  to  the  Air  Umpire -Con- 
troller via  the  Air  Umpire  Net.    In  addition  to  notifying  Air  Umpire -Controller  of  all  friendly 
air  strikes,  conditions  of  AAA  fire,  air  alert  and  tactical  alert  will  be  passed  to  the  Air  Um- 
pire-Controller for  information.    TACRON  Umpires  with  land-based  TACRON  (TACC-TADC) 
may  also  be  utilized  to  introduce  special  control  situations  as  directed  by  Umpire -Control 
Director. 

(4)  Flying  Umpire  Sections  are  assigned  to  accompany  both  Friendly  and  Maneuver 
Enemy  air  strikes. 

(a)  Two  (2)  Flying  Umpires  accompany  Friendly  and  Maneuver  Enemy  air  strikes 
and  umpire  the  action  against  friendly  troops  of  ground  installations.   Through  the  use  of  a  des- 
ignated VHF  aircraft  channel,  the  strike  leaders  concerned  will  be  informed  of  the  losses  in 
aircraft  suffered  as  a  result  of  air  action  between  Friendly  and  Maneuver  Enemy  air  units. 
This  information  is  passed  by  the  Friendly  flying  umpires  to  the  Air  Umpire  Net. 

(b)  As  strikes  against  ground  troops  or  installations,  either  Friendly  or  Maneuver 
Enemy,  are  carried  out,  the  flying  umpires  accompanying  the  strike  (either  Friendly  or  Maneu- 
ver Enemy),  will  observe  the  effectiveness  of  the  strike,  assess  the  target  damage,  and  make  a 
radio  report  to  the  Air  Umpire -Controller. 

(5)  The  AAA  Umpire  Section  assigns  one  (1)  company  grade  officer  umpire  and  two 
(2)  radio  operators  for  the  purpose  of  observing  and  reporting  readiness  of  AAA  units  to  per- 
form combat  missions,  and  the  efficiency  of  gun  crews  and  status  of  AAA  control  units  during 
the  operation.    Enemy  air  strikes  will  be  reported  to  the  Air  Umpire -Controller  to  assist  him 
in  processing  damage  assessment  caused  to  Friendly  ground  units  or  installations.   ReDorts 
will  be  sent  to  the  Air  Umpire -Controller  via  the  Air  Umpire  Net. 


2-21  RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

Form  6 

ESTIMATED  FIRE  POWER  NECESSARY  TO  OVERCOME  SPECIFIC  OBSTACLES 


NUMBER  OF 
NUMBER  OF 

UNIT  OBSTACLE 

BN  VOLLEYS 
ROCKETS  OR 

1           2           3 

(2  BTRYS)  OR  SHIP  SALVOES. 
500  LB.  BOMBS  FOR  AIR. 

-4-50789 

10 

PLATOON 
Machine  Gun 

NGF/ 
/ARTY 

Mortar  Fire 
(2  or  more) 

NGF 

ARTY 

Pill  Box 

Air-R 

A 

AT  Gun 

NGF 

ARTY 

Tank 

Air-R 

B 

Platoon 

NGF 

ARTY 

Company 

NGF 

ARTY 

COMPANY 

MG  (2  or  more) 

NGF 

ART^ 

Mortar  Fire 
(2  or  more) 

NGF 

ARTY 

Pill  Box 
(2  or  more) 

Air-R 

A 

AT  Gun 

(2  or  more) 

NGF 

ARTY 

Tanks  (Pit) 

Air-R 

B 

Company 

NGF 

ARTY 

Battalion 

NGF 

ARTY 

Arty 

Air-R 

BATTALION 
MG  Pit 

NGF 

ARTY 

Mortar  Fire 
Piz 

Air-B 
NGF 

ARTY 

Arty  Fire  (Btry) 

Air-B 

Tanks  (Co) 

Air-R 

Battalion 

NGF 

ARTY 

Reinf  Emplmt 

Air-R 

REGIMENT 
Arty  Fire  (Bn) 

A 

Tanks  (Co) 

B 

NOTE:     (A)     Use  155mm,  14"  or  16"      Destruction  completed  20  minutes  after 
fire  mission  originated. 
(B)     Use  direct  FIRE. 


RESTRICTED 


2-22 


RESTRICTED 


Form  7 
EFFECT  OF  LOW  FLYING  ATTACKING  AIRCRAFT  (in  Per  Cent) 
TYPE  TARGET 

Number  of  Planes  (2  Aggressor  Planes  equal  8) 
PERSONNEL  12345  67  89  10 


IN  COLUMN 
Surprised 

2  1/2 

5      7  1/2 

10    12  1/2 

15    17  1/2 

20   22  1/2 

25 

W/O  Surprise 

1/2 

1      1  1/2 

2     2  1/2 

3      3  1/2 

4     4 .1/2 

5 

DEPLOYED 
Surprised 

1  1/2 

3      4  1/2 

6     7  1/2 

9    10  1/2 

12    13  1/2 

15 

W/O  Surprise 

1/4 

1/2       3/4 

1      1  1/4 

1  1/2     1  3/4 

2     2  1/4 

2  1/2 

VEHICLES 

Armored 


IN  COLUMN 

5 

10         15 

20         25 

30 

35 

40 

45 

50 

Grouped 
Closely 

4 

8         12 

16         20 

24 

28 

32 

36 

40 

DEPLOYED 

2  1/2 

5      7  1/2 

10   12  1/2 

15 

17  1/2 

20 

22  1/2 

25 

Unarmored 
IN  COLUMN 

10 

20         30 

40         50 

60 

70 

80 

90 

100 

Grouped 
Closely 

7  1/2 

15    22  1/2 

30   37  1/2 

45 

52  1/2 

60 

67  1/2 

75 

DEPLOYED 

5 

10         15 

20         25 

30 

35 

40 

45 

50 

ARTILLERY 

Neutralized  for  Duration  of  Attack 
Considered  as  Troop  Unit  for  Casualties 

FIRE   POWER 

Neutralized  for  Duration  of  Attack 

MATERIAL 
Strafing 

Minor  Damage 

Bombing 

Destruction  if  in  Vicinity 

Rockets 

Destruction  if  on  Target 

2-23 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


3 
O 

W 
co 


£"S  «fc! 


&0- 


-J"  o 


o> 


§    M 


(D 

O 
<J 
CD 


o 

CD 

X 

•a 

a 


I — I 

h!  a> 


4  3 
CD  otj 

5  M    hi 

CD  r* 

E.tt-P 

<    m    < 

<-►  <-*-  £ 
cr  i>  >— 

I— ■    l-» 

CD    O    JD 

o  o 

IS    ^ 

2ca 

CD    trj 

P-o 
*a 

CO 

TD 
O 


CJI  J  GO  h-*  |J 

S  5  O  o  S 

o  2  hh  o  K 

o  Ed  ^  o  SJ    ; 


oo 


o 


3  t^ 


to 


MO 
>  H 


S 


h3 
> 

Q 
H 


o 

•en 


CJ1 


CO 

oo 


co 

CD 
CO 


CJl 
CO 


CO 
00 


CO 

o 


CO 


en 
en 


oo 


-o 

CO 


£ 


en 
CO 


CO 

o 

CO 


CO 
CD 
CO 


CD 


CO 

oo 


CO 
CO 

o 


oo  *> 


CO 

OS 


CO 
CO 


CO 


CO 
tj3 


CO 

oo 


CO 

oo 


co 


tn 
oo 


CD 


CD 


oo 


CO 


w 


CO 


co  o 


E9 


d, 


o 

00 


RESTRICTED 


2-24 


r 


RESTRICTED 
I 


CHIEF  SUPPORTING  ARMS  UMPIRE 


Arty 
Control ler 


FM 
Sec 


FM 
Sec 


FM 
Sec 


FM 
Sec 


L_. 


NGF 
Controller 


Air  strike  damage 
assessments  for 
broadcast  to 
troop  level 


Flying 
Ump  i  res 


AIR 
Controller 


-)( 


Airfield 

(carrier) 

Umpi  res 


>C 


TACRON 
Umpires 


X 


AAA 
Umpires 


Listens  to  D/S  firing 
ship  assigned  (SFC 
spotting  Net). 


IBS AC  Section 


Artillery  Fire 
Broadcast  Net 

Artillery  Fire 
Marking  Net 
N6F  Broadcast 
Net 

Air  Umpire  Net 


A  =  Artillery  radio  sub- 
section of  section. 

B  z  NGF  sub-section  of 
section. 


Form  9 


057460  0—51- 


2-25 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

244.  Naval  Gunfire  Umpiring .  -  a.  Organization:  The  Naval  Gunfire  Umpire  Team  is  composed 
of  the  Naval  Gunfire  Umpire -Controller  Section,  the  FSCC  Umpire  Section  and  one  (1)  NGF  Um- 
pire Sub-section  in  each  IR  and  IBSAC  (Umpire)  employed. 

(1)  The  Naval  Gunfire  Umpire -Controller  Section  consists  of  one  (1)  field  officer  (team 
chief  and  senior  NGF  Umpire),  one  (1)  staff  NCO  assistant,  two  (2)  radio  operators  and  one  (1) 
clerk.   The  Section  is  located  at  Landing  Force  Umpire -Control  Director  Headquarters.   The 
OinC  is  responsible  for  the  training,  co-ordination  and  functioning  of  the  Naval  Gunfire  Umpire 
Team,  the  preparation  of  the  FSCC  script,  the  FSCC,  FR  and  IBSAC  umpire  check  lists,  and  the 
Naval  Gunfire  Umpire  report.   When  Maneuver  Enemy  fire  support  ships  are  present,  or  repre- 
sented, the  Umpire -Controller  exercises  supervision  and  control  over  such  ships.   When  sup- 
port ships  fire  deep  support  missions,  the  Umpire -Controller  will  make  damage  assessments, 
clear  them  with  the  Chief  Supporting  Arms  Umpire  and  then  transmit  the  assessments  over  the 
Naval  Gunfire  radio  net. 

(2)  The  FSCC  Umpire  Section  consists  of  two  (2)  field  officers  (one  (1)  an  aviator), 
one  (1;  company  grade  umpire,  one  (1)  NCO  assistant  and  three  (3)  radio  operators.   This  sec- 
tion sends  one  (1)  officer,  one  (1)  NCO  assistant  and  one  (1)  radio  operator,  aboard  the  same 
ship  embarking  the  FSCC.   Once  the  FSCC  is  established  ashore,  the  entire  section  will  be  at 
the  Landing  Force  CP.   During  the  phase  afloat  this  section  umpires  the  activities  of  the  FSCC, 
and  passes  pre  HOW -Hour  fire  missions  to  the  Naval  Gunfire  Umpire -Controller  for  damage 
assessment.   The  Umpire  aboard  ship  informs  the  Landing  Force  Umpire -Control  Director  via 
the  Naval  Gunfire  Umpire -Controller,  of  the  FSCC  situation  aboard,  and  carries  out  applicable 
FSCC  script  incidents.   During  the  phase  ashore  this  Section  continues  the  duties  enumerated 
above,  and  assures  that  general  support  missions  fired  and  prearranged  naval  gunfire  missions 
are  passed  to  the  Naval  Gunfire  Umpire -Controller  for  damage  assessment. 

(3)  The  Naval  Gunfire  Umpire  Sub-sections  contained  in  each  IR  or  IBSAC  Umpire 
Section  each  consist  of  a  company  grade  officer  (OinC,  IR  or  IBSAC  Umpire  Section  and  NGF 
Umpire  sub-section),  one  (1)  NCO  assistant,  and  two  (2)  radio  operators  for  the  Naval  Gunfire 
broadcast  net  and  one  (1)  radio  operator  D/S  ship  monitor. 

b.   Functions: 

(1)  Each  Naval  Gunfire  Umpire  sub-section  of  the  IR  and  IBSAC  Umpire  Sections 
monitors  the  Shore  Fire  Control  Spotting  net  of  the  unit  to  which  the  IR  or  IBSAC  Umpire  Sec- 
tion is  assigned,  passing  the  results  to  the  OinC,  IR  or  IBSAC  Umpire,  and  to  the  Naval  Gunfire 
Umpire -Controller.   Reports  will  be  in  accordance  with  Form  4. 

(2)  Because  naval"  gunfire  missions  fired  must  be  monitored  in  order  tn  determine  all 
elements  of  the  mission,  a  form  distinct  from  the  artillery  fire  broadcast  form  is  used.    'I'he 
OinC  of  the  IR  and  IBSAC  Umpire  Team  must  make  the  damage  assessment  of  missions  moni- 
tored, and  pass  the  assessment  to  the  infantry  unit  umpire.   Damage  against  Maneuver  Enemy 
Forces  to  the  immediate  front  of  a  Friendly  infantry  unit  is  acted  on  by  the  unit  umpire.   Dam- 
age against  deep  installations  is  acted  on  by  the  Umpire -Controller. 

(3)  Damage  assessments  will  be  made  in  accordance  with  Form  5. 


SECTION  VI 

MANEUVER  ENEMY  AIR 

250.   General.-  a.   The  Maneuver  Enemy  Air  Force  is  integrated  into  a  controlled  exercise  in 
order  to  provide  realism,  test  the  state  of  training  of  Friendly  ground  and  air  elements,  and 
provide  to  Landing  Force  Umpire -Control  Director  a  means  of  influencing  the  actions  of  units 
being  umpired. 

b.  It  is  mandatory  that  all  aircraft  designated  as  Maneuver  Enemy,  carry  a  distinctive 
marking,  designated  to  facilitate  rapid  identification  or  that  they  be  of  a  type  not  employed  by 
the  friendly  force. 

c.  For  planning  purposes  the  Maneuver  Enemy  Air  Force  should  be  assigned  in  the 
strength  of  one  (1)  enemy  to  four  (4)  friendly  aircraft. 

d.  Airfields  employed  by  Maneuver  Enemy.   Air  units  and  the  air  space  for  a  radius  of 
twenty-five  (25)  miles  shall  be  considered  neutral. 

RESTRICTED  2_26 


RESTRICTED 

251.  Organization.-  a.   Maneuver  Enemy  Air  Force  consists  of  a  Headquarters  Group,  plus 
assigned  air  units  specifically  designated. 

b.  The  Headquarters  Group  is  divided  into  a  Control  Section,  which  operates  in  Landing 
Force  Umpire -Control  Headquarters,  a  Safety  Section  which  operates  in  the  friendly  TACRON, 
and  Liaison  Sections  (as  required)  which  operate  from  the  airfields  (carriers)  used  by  Maneu- 
ver Enemy  aircraft. 

c.  The  specific  numbers  of  personnel  to  staff  the  Headquarters  Group  will  be  dependent 
upon  the  extent  of  participation  and  number  of  air  units  assigned  to  the  Maneuver  Enemy  Air 
Force. 

252.  Duties.- a.    Control  Section:    The  Control  Section  operates  in  Landing  Force  Umpire - 
Control  Director  Headquarters  and  controls  the  operations  of  Maneuver  Enemy  Air  Force  as 
directed  by  Landing  Force  Umpire -Control  Director.   Specific  functions  performed  are: 

(1)  Request  aircraft  to  perform  prebriefed  air  attacks  on  friendly  troops  or  installa- 
tions in  furtherance  of  control  situations. 

(2)  Arrange  schedule  of  aircraft  to  remain  "on  station"  (airborne  in  objective  area), 
and  exercise  control  of  Maneuver  Enemy  aircraft  while  airborne. 

(3)  Conduct  air  attack  on  targets  of  opportunity  as  requested  by  Landing  Force  Um- 
pire-Control Director  (Maneuver  Enemy  Ground  Commander,  Chief  Troop  Umpire,  OinC,  Sup- 
porting Arms  Umpire  Group). 

(4)  Obtain  safety  clearance  from  Safety  Section  prior  to  conducting  any  air  strikes. 

(5)  Maintain  statistical  records  of  Maneuver  Enemy  air  activities  and  unusual  events. 

b.  Safety  Section:  The  Safety  Section  will  .embark  on  ship  carrying  controlling  friendly 
TACRON,  and  obtain  safety  clearance  for  all  Maneuver  Enemy  air  strikes.  Specific  functions 
performed  are: 

(1)  Establish  and  maintain  radio  communication  with  Control  Section,  Headquarters 
Group  and  Maneuver  Enemy  Air  Force. 

(2)  Obtain  safety  clearance  from  friendly  TACRON  for  each  Maneuver  Enemy  air 
strike  conducted,  and  report  clearance  to  Control  Section. 

(3)  When  control  of  air  is  passed  ashore,  provide  personnel  and  equipment  to  land- 
based  TACRON  (TACC-TADC)  to  perform  mission  as  listed  in  paragraphs  252  b.  (1)  and  (2) 
above . 

c.  Liaison  Section(s)  will  be  provided  to  each  airfield  (carrier)  used  by  Maneuver  Enemy 
air  units  to  brief  air  units  on  missions  to  be  performed.   Specific  functions  performed  are: 

(1)  Establish  and  maintain  radio  (land -line)  communication  to  Control  Section,  Head- 
quarters Group  and  Maneuver  Enemy  Air  Force. 

(2)  Furnish  aircraft  availability  twice  daily  to  Control  Section. 

(3)  Brief  air  units  on  missions  as  directed  by  Control  Section. 

(4)  In  conjunction  with  intelligence  section  of  air  units  to  which  attached,  maintain  a 
situation  map  of  Friendly  and  Maneuver  Enemy  ground  situation. 

253.  Communications.-  a.   The  extent  of  communications  employed  to  control  the  action  of 
Maneuver  Enemy  Air  Force  will  depend  on  the  particular  situation  that  will  exist  for  the  land- 
ing exercise. 

(1)  Essentially,  two  (2)  functional  radio  nets  will  be  required.   One  (1)  medium -high 
frequency  voice  operated  net  between  the  Control  Section,  the  Liaison  Sections  and  the  Safety 
Section  will  be  required  to  enable  Control  Section  to  carry  out  functions.   In  event  Maneuver 
Enemy  airfields  are  on  the  same  land  mass  as  the  landing  area,  consideration  should  be  given 
to  land -line  teletype  for  communication  to  the  Liaison  Section. 

(2)  One  (1)  very -high  frequency  radio  net  will  be  required  to  allow  Control  Section  to 
brief  flight  leaders  and  Maneuver  Enemy  aircraft  on  "call  strikes." 

(3)  Early  consideration  must  be  given  to  the  frequency  requirements  of  Maneuver 
Enemy  Air  Force,  and  frequencies  selected  must  be  co-ordinated  with  Friendly  Forces  involved. 


2-27  RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


Hdq  Sect 
Off  Enl 
3  6 


Log  a  Supply 
Sect 

Off      Enl 


PROVISIONAL  INF.  REGT. 
MANEUVER  ENEMY  (Ground) 


Off. 
91 


Enl. 
998 


TOTAL  OFFICERS  t  ENLISTEO- 
1089 


H(S  Co  Prov   Inf  Regt 
Maneuver  Enemy  Ground 

Off 

It 


Com  Plat 

Off             Enl 
»              1(9 

Plat   Mdq 

Off        Enl 

2              2 

NX  Cantar 
Sect 

Off       Enl 
0             < 

Radio  Sact 

Off       Enl 

0          10* 

- 

Wire  Sact 
Off       Enl 

i      y> 

Bern  Sact 
Off         Enl 
1             12 

J 

Supporting  Area    Group 


Off 
3 


Enl 
55 


Sact 
Off         Enl 


POM  Stockada 

Guard  a  Trane 

Sact 


SMS  Coapany 
Off  Enl 

5  18 


Hon  Plat 
Off  En 


Halnt  Plat 
Off  Enl 


RESTRICTED 


CHART  5 


2-28 


Upna  Plat 
Off             Enl 
1                  M 

Plat   Hdq 
Off       Enl 
1             2 

- 

Hpna  Sact 

Off       Enl 
0          31 

Sound    & 
Flaah  Sact 
Off         Enl 
0               7 

Spac  Hob  1  la 

Sound  Equip 

Off        Enl 

0               « 

Co  Hdq 
Off  Enl 


SM  Plat 
Off  En 


Plat  Hdq 
Off       Enl 


SECTION  VII  RESTRICTED 

(Chart  5) 
MANEUVER  ENEMY  (GROUND) 

260.  General.-  a.   The  Maneuver  Enemy  (ground)  is  used  in  a  controlled  exercise  to  execute 
combat  operations  in  accordance  with  instructions  prepared  by  the  Umpire  Director.   Through 
the  media  of  an  actual  Maneuver  Enemy,  which  will  establish  realistic  defenses  on  the  ground, 
and  conduct  combat  operations  against  the  Landing  Force,  employing  all  arms  in  a  co-ordinated 
manner,  it  is  possible  to  achieve  the  maximum  amount  of  realistic  training  in  field  operations. 

b.  Since  no  permanent  cadre  of  trained  Maneuver  Enemy  troops  is  maintained  by  the 
Marine  Corps,  personnel  for  the  Maneuver  Enemy  Force  must  be  obtained  from  post  or  station 
troops  and/or  FMF  units  not  otherwise  employed  in  the  exercise. 

c.  The  Maneuver  Enemy  (Ground)  is  employed  as  a  training  aid,  and  must,  therefore,  it- 
self have  a  high  state  of  training.    Advance  planning  is  mandatory,  so  that  at  least  two  (2)  months 
are  available  for  the  planning  and  installation  of  defensive  positions,  and  for  the  execution  of 
CPX's  and  rehearsals  by  the  Maneuver  Enemy  troops  throughout  the  prepared  positions  within 
the  Maneuver  area. 

d .  The  operations  and  intelligence  officers  of  the  Maneuver  Enemy  should  be  physically 
located  in  the  same  Headquarters  with  the  Umpire  Director  throughout  the  planning  of  the 
maneuver  in  order  to  achieve  the  maximum  co-ordination  necessary  in  planning  and  Joint  Um- 
pire-Maneuver Enemy  training. 

e.  A  supporting  organization  must  be  designated  to  provide  over-all  administrative  and 
logistical  support  to  the  Maneuver  Enemy  (Ground). 

f  .   Supply  point  distribution  of  supplies  should  be  used  within  the  Maneuver  Enemy  Force. 
The  transportation  organic  to  the  force  should  be  pooled  prior  to  the  beginning  of  the  operation 
in  order  to  spot  supplies  throughout  the  maneuver  area. 

g.   Specific  personnel  and  equipment  cannot  be  allocated  to  the  Motor  Transport  and  Sup- 
ply Sections  of  the  Maneuver  Enemy  Force.   Personnel  and  equipment  should  be  allocated  to 
these  Sections  based  on  the  specific  operation  and  the  over-all  logistic  support  situation. In  any 
event,  the  personnel  and  equipment  must  be  sufficient  to  redistribute  the  supplies  during  the 
operation  and  to  receive  and  handle  supplies  and  equipment  from  higher  logistic  agencies.   De- 
tails concerning  equipment  are  covered  in  Chapter  7. 

h.   Transportation  assigned  to  the  units  of  the  Maneuver  Enemy  Force  is  to  be  used  to  sup- 
ply the  individual  units  from  the  supply  points  and  for  personnel  transportation  during  the  tacti- 
cal movements  of  the  units  of  the  force.   This  transportation  should  not  be  used  to  restock  or  to 
move  the  supply  points  during  the  operation. 

261.  Organization.-  a.   Background  information  concerning  the  Maneuver  Enemy  (Ground)  and 
the  organization  and  identification  of  all  units  are  provided  in  U.  S.  Army  Field  Manuals  30-101, 
102,  103  and  104.   When  the  Maneuver  Enemy  (Ground)  is  provided  from  sources  other  than  reg- 
ularly organized  AGGRESSOR  components  of  the  U.S.  Army,  these  publications  will  govern  as 
far  as  practicable. 

b .  The  Maneuver  Enemy  (Ground)  utilizes  a  minimum  of  personnel  to  simulate  the  activity 
of  a  theoretical  full -sized  tactical  unit  and,  therefore,  is  necessarily  committed  on  a  full  time 
basis.   To  carry  out  this  mission  a  special  Maneuver  Enemy  organization  must  be  set  up  which 
will  provide  a  maximum  of  transportation  and  communication  facilities. 

c.  In  order  to  exercise  all  elements  of  the  Landing  Force,  the  Maneuver  Enemy  (Ground) 
should  be  organized  to  accomplish  the  following: 

(1)  During  the  planning  phase  and  throughout  the  maneuver,  provide  espionage  agents, 
saboteurs  and  propaganda  in  order  to  fully  exercise  Landing  Force  Counter-intelligence  and 
Security  measures,  and  to  build  up  troop  interest  in  the  maneuver. 

(2)  Establish  infantry  and  antitank  defensive  systems  throughout  the  maneuver  area  in 
accordance  with  the  Umpire  Director  Control  Script. 

(3)  Execute  co-ordinated  tank-infantry  offensive  and  defensive  tactical  operations  and 
tank -infantry -artillery  offensive  and  defensive  operations  in  conjunction  with  the  tactical  situa- 
tion and  as  directed  by  the  Umpire  Director. 


2-29 


RESTRICTED 

(4)  Provide  specially  trained  prisoners  of  war  in  proper  distinctive  uniform  supplied 
with  specially  prepared  intelligence  material  which  will  be  entered  into  the  problem  throughout 
the  maneuver  in  order  to  provide  a  continuous  flow  of  realistic  combat  intelligence  co-ordinated 
through  the  Umpire -Control  Script. 

(5)  Establish  radio  intercept  and  jamming  facilities  which  will  properly  exercise  the 
Landing  Force  in  radio  countermeasures  and  security. 

(6)  When  directed  by  the  Maneuver  Enemy  Commander,  move  supporting  arms  from 
one  set  of  prepared  positions  to  another  and  operate  sound  and  flash  simulators  at  these  posi- 
tions as  directed  by  the  Supporting  Arms  Umpire  and  Umpire  Director  in  co-ordination  with 
the  Umpire -Control  Script,  in  order  to  exercise  Landing  Force  FSCC,  air  observers,  aerial 
photo  interpretation  teams,  and  artillery  sound  and  flash  ranging  units. 

(7)  Operate  mobile  sonic  equipment  throughout  the  front  line  area  to  provide  realistic 
sound  of  battle  noises  in  order  to  enhance  the  realism  of  the  maneuver. 

d.  The  size  of  the  Maneuver  Enemy  (Ground)  is  relative  to  the  size  of  the  umpired  unit; 
the  ratio  of  the  Maneuver  Enemy  to  the  umpired  unit  should  never  become  smaller  than  1:4, 

if  satisfactory  accomplishment  of  the  Maneuver  Enemy  mission  is  to  be  achieved. 

e.  Organization  Chart  (6)  of  the  Maneuver  Enemy  (Ground),  is  designed  to  train  one 
Marine  Division  at  war  strength  in  accordance  with  "K"  series  tables  of  organization,  and 
to  accomplish  the  training  functions  listed  in  paragraph  261  c.  (1)  through  (7)  above.    By  the 
nature  of  its  construction,  this  organization  is  easily  adaptable  to  proportionate  reduction  in 
size  to  meet  the  requirements  of.  a  smaller  Maneuver  Enemy  force  required  for  training  a 
smaller  landing  force . 

262.   Duties.-  a.    Commander,  Maneuver  Enemy  (Ground)  will: 

(I)"  Organize  and  construct  defenses  throughout  the  Maneuver  area,  and  conduct  de- 
fensive and  offensive  tactical  operations  within  this  area  in  co-ordination  with  the  Umpire  - 
Control  script  and  as  directed  by  the  Umpire  Director. 

(2)    Carry  out  special  activities  listed  in  paragraph  261.  c.  (1)  through  (7)  above, 
b.   Subordinate  echelons  of  the  Maneuver  Enemy  will  be  responsible  for  the  execution  of 
the  following  functions: 

(1)  Headquarters  and  Service  Company  will: 

(a)  Provide  administrative  and  logistical  support  for  the  operations  of  the  Maneu- 
ver Enemy  (Ground). 

(b)  Arrange  for  construction  of  prefabricated  pillboxes,  dummy  rocket  launchers, 
wooden  mines,  etc.,  necessary  for  large  scale  installation  of  defenses. 

(c)  Organize  a  special  radio  intercept  and  countermeasures  platoon  which  will 
be  utilized  for  radio  intercept  and  jamming  operations. 

(2)  Tank  Company  will: 

(a)  Execute  such  armored  attack  and  defensive  employment  of  tanks  as  directed 
by  the  Umpire  Director. 

(b)  Assist  the  Umpire  Director  S-3  as  directed  by  the  Maneuver  Enemy  Com- 
mander in  preparation  of  plans  for  the  employment  of  armor  throughout  the  maneuver. 

(3)  Antitank  Company  is  composed  of  personnel  with  training  in  the  use  of  mines  and 
antitank  measures.   Officers  and  NCO's  should  have  engineer  and  antitank  background.    This 
unit  will: 

(a)  Plan  and  assist  in  emplacement  of  co-ordinated  mine  fields,  road  blocks, 
tank  traps  and  antitank  gun  positions  throughout  each  battalion  zone  of  action  in  conjunction  with 
the  Umpire -Control  Script. 

(b)  Assist  the  Umpire  Director  S-3  as  directed  by  the  Maneuver  Enemy  Com- 
mander in  planning  the  over-all  antitank  problems  to  be  included  in  the  Umpire -Control  Script. 

(c)  During  the  maneuver,  antitank  personnel  attached  to  the  infantry  battalions 
will  insure  that  mine  fields  and  road  blocks  are  left  intact  as  the  Maneuver  Enemy  withdraws 
from  one  set  of  prepared  positions  to  another,  and  that  properly  taped  safety  lanes  through  live 
practice  mine  fields  are  closed  with  mines.   These  personnel  will  be  available  to  man  antitank 
weapons  in  their  zones  of  action. 

(4)  SMG  Company  will: 

(a)     As  the  Maneuver  Enemy  mobile  reserve,  execute  tactical  operations  against 
the  landing  force,  such  as  protection  of  Maneuver  Enemy  tanks,  local  counterattacks,  ambushes, 
mopping  up,  infiltration  parties  and  special  raids . 

RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

(5)  Intelligence  Company  will: 

(a)  Provide  specially  trained  "AGGRESSOR"  POW's  in  proper  uniform  and  with 
selected  insignia  and  foreign  language  background,  to  be  sent,  into  the  Landing  Force  lines  with 
intelligence  in  the  form  of  information  to  be  given  upon  being  properly  interrogated; or  in  the 
form  of  documents  in  their  possession.    Normally,  not  less  than  three  such  incidents  a  day 
should  be  introduced  through  each  front  line  company  of  the  Landing  Force.    These  POW  in- 
cidents are  planned  and  co-ordinated  with  the  Maneuver  problem  in  accordance  with  instruc- 
tions issued  by  the  Umpire  Director  S-2. 

(b)  Provide  special  espionage  "agents"  and  saboteurs  which  will  operate  during 
the  planning  phase  in  the  Landing  Force  base  camp  area.    These  agents  will  make  every  effort 
to  procure  Training  Top  Secret  information  either  by  theft  of  documents  or  by  listening  post 
techniques  at  officers'  clubs,  recreation  halls,  etc.,  and  will  further  accomplish  through  appro- 
priate simulation,  such  sabotage  of  valuable  supplies,  equipment,  buildings,  etc.,  as  may  be 
practicable. 

(c)  During  both  the  preoperational  and  operational  phases  of  the  exercise,  orig- 
inate, reproduce  and  distribute  propaganda  designed  to  (theoretically)  reduce  the  Friendly 
Forces'  will  to  fight,  cause  confusion,  and  encourage  surrender  or  withdrawal.    Care  must  be 
exercised  in  this  activity  that  any  reduction  of  morale  is  temporary  and  applicable  only  to  the 
local  exercise  and  that  no  material  is  introduced  to  impair  the  reputation  of  any  individual  or 
of  any  department  of  the  Government. 

(6)  Supporting  Arms  Group  is  organized  to  handle  all  prefabricated  and  pneumatic 
supporting  arms  such  as  field  artillery,  mobile  rocket  artillery,  heavy  mortars,  antiaircraft 
artillery  and  guided  missiles  and  must  be  provided  with  sufficient  transportation  to  execute 
the  following: 

(a)  During  -t  "e  DOG-Day  period  move  pneumatic  and  prefabricated  weapons  and 
equipment  into  preselectei  artillery,  rocket,  antiaircraft  and  guided  missile  positions  through- 
out the  maneuver  area  in  order  to  provide  realistic  enemy  activity  to  the  Landing  Force  aerial 
photographic  interpreters  and  intelligence  agencies.   Such  activity  must  be  organized  to  indi- 
cate the  general  defensive  plans  of  the  Maneuver  Enemy. 

(b)  During  the  assault  phase,  and  throughout  the  exercise,  displace  prefabricated 
and  pneumatic  weapons  and  equipment  from  one  set  of  preselected  positions  to  another  and  op- 
erate sound  and  flash  simulators  at  artillery,  rocket  and  mortar  positions,  and  operate  battle  noise 
sound  trucks  in  each  Maneuver  Enemy  infantry  battalion  zone  of  action  in  accordance  with  the 
co-ordinated  schedule  established  by  the  Umpire  Director  S-2  and  the  Supporting  Arms  Um- 
pire.  These  movements  are  designed  to  provide  maximum  training  of  the  Landing  Force 
tactical  air  observers,  artillery  sound  and  flash  ranging  units,  and  the  FSCC. 

(c)  Operate  four  (4)  mobile  sonic  units  to  reproduce  appropriate  battle  noises 
throughout  each  Maneuver  Enemy  infantry  battalion  area  in  accordance  with  instructions  of 
local  Fire -Marking  Teams. 

(7)  Infantry  Battalions  will: 

(a)  Conduct  all  infantry  defensive  and  offensive  operations  against  the  Landing 
Force  as  required  to  execute  the  Umpire -Control  Script. 

(b)  Prepare  defensive  infantry  positions  throughout  the  maneuver  area  in  accord- 
ance with  the  ever-all  plan  of  the  maneuver  problem  as  established  by  the  Umpire  Director. 

(c)  Successful  accomplishment  of  the  Maneuver  Enemy  mission  is  largely  de- 
pendent upon  the  efficiency  of  communications.   This  subject  is  covered  in  Section  V,  Chapter  3 
(Communications) . 


2-31 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

CHAPTER  3 

C  OMMUNIC  ATIONS 

Paragraphs 
Section  I.       General - 301-305 

Section  II.      Communications  for  Umpire -Control,  Infantry    --------  310-311 

Section  III.     Communications  for  Umpire -Control,  Supporting  Arms    -  -  -  -  320-322 

Section  IV.     Communications  for  Administrative  Umpire  Team    ------  330  -  332 

Section  V.      Communications  for  Maneuver  Enemy  ------------  340  -  340 

SECTION  I 

GENERAL 

301.  Introduction.  -  a.  This  Chapter  is  intended  as  a  practical  guide  for  the  detailed  planning 
and  execution  of  signal  communications  incident  to  umpiring  troop  units  in  amphibious  opera- 
tions. 

b.  Although  this  will  normally  consist  of  those  communications  necessary  for  umpiring 
and  for  control  of  the  umpire  organization,  it  may  be  necessary  to  also  provide  communica- 
tions for  administration,  logistical  support  and  liaison  with  troop  and  naval  units  involved  to 
ensure  effective  control  of  the  amphibious  exercise. 

c.  The  allocation  and  organization  of  communication  personnel  as  set  forth  in  Chapter 
6,  Personnel,  is  provided  only  as  a  guide  and  must  be  modified  in  accordance  with  the  com  - 
munication  mission  and  type  of  equipment  employed.     Major  items  of  signal  equipment  shown 
in  Chapter  7,  Equipment,  servesonly  as  a  guide  to  assist  in  the  formulation  of  signal  equipment 
requirements. 

302.  Signal  Planning.-  a.     Early  in  the  planning  stage,  a  detailed  estimate  of  the  signal  situ- 
ation based  not  only  on  the  umpire  mission  but  also  the  possible  administrative  mission  must 
be  made  to  ascertain  personnel,  equipment  and  supply  requirements.     Early  consideration 
must  be  given  to  the  following  items: 

(1)  Availability  of  communication  personnel  and  equipment. 

(2)  Umpire  and  control  systems  which  will  be  employed. 

(3)  Administrative  communication  requirements,  if  any. 

(4)  Radio  frequency  requirements. 

(5)  Radio  call  sign  requirements. 

(6)  Code  and  cipher  systems  to  be  employed. 

(7)  Co-ordination  of  umpire  signal  activities  with  troop,  naval  and  air  units  partici- 
pating in  exercise. 

(8)  Supply  and  maintenance  of  signal  equipment. 

(9)  Resupply  of  signal  equipment. 

303.  Administration  C ommunications . -  a.     Message  Center.-     Message  center  operation 
for  umpiring,  and  administration  of  the  umpire  organization  must  be  planned  in  detail.     A 
standing  operating  procedure  for  message  center  operation  should  be  written  to  standardize 
the  methods  of  handling  incoming  and  outgoing  message  traffic.     Special  provisions  should  be 
made  for  the  handling  of  purely  umpire  traffic  as  distinguished  from  administrative  traffic  in 
order  to  expedite  the  flow  of  information  to  umpire  director. 

b.  Telephone.-     A  suitable  statically-located  telephone  system  should  be  installed 
in  the  umpire  camp,  if  such  is  established,  with  trunk  lines  to  major  troop  unit  headquarters 
engaged  in  the  amphibious  exercise.     If  practicable,  these  trunk  lines  should  be  installed  in 
the  landing  area  prior  to  execution  of  the  landing  exercise.     Careful  consideration  should  be 
given  to  the  employment  of  teletype  communication  to  major  troop  unit  headquarters  to  permit 
co-ordination  between  umpires,  friendly  troops,  and  maneuver  enemy. 

c.  Radio.-    Radio  communications  for  administrative  purposes  will  depend  on  the 
specific  needs  of  the  umpire  organization.     Radio  circuits  will  normally  be  installed  to  pro- 

:)o7460o-r,i 6  3-1  RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

vide  channels  of  communications  to  the  following: 

(1)  The  senior  naval  units  involved. 

(2)  The  senior  troop  echelons  involved. 

(3)  Army  or  naval  radio  station  for  delivery  and  receipt  of  external  message 
traffic. 

304.  Umpire  Communications.-  a.     External  communications  for  umpiring  are  dependent 
upon  the  over -all'umpire  organization,  necessity  for  liaison  with  naval  and  air  units,  and  spe- 
cial conditions  which  will  exist  for  a  particular  amphibious  exercise. 

(1)  Communications  for  Landing  Force  Umpire -Control  Director  to  facilitate  con- 
trol of  subordinate  umpire  groups  will  normally  consist  of  several  radio  nets  which  link  sub- 
ordinate umpire  groups  and  teams  with  Landing  Force  Umpire -Control  Director.     Radio  nets 
employed  by  Landing  Force  Umpire -Control  Director  should  be  voice-operated.     Subordinate 
umpire  groups  and  teams  employ  vehicular  mounted  radio  equipment  of  sufficient  power  to 
permit  reliable  voice  transmission  to  the  Landing  Force  Umpire-Control  Director  within  the 
operating  zone.     However,  if  reliable  voice  operation  is  not  possible,  stations  must  be  pre- 
pared to  change  immediately  to  CW  operation.     Use  of  wire  communication,  where  practi- 
cable, can  reduce  the  operating  hours  for  umpire  radio  nets.     Use  of  troop  wire  circuits  for 
umpire  communications  should  be  restricted,  and  are  to  be  used  by  umpires  only  in  cases  of 
actual  emergency. 

b.  Sufficient  vehicular  radio  equipment  of  the  proper  type  should  be  present  in  Landing 
Force  Umpire -Control  Headquarters  to  permit  senior  umpires  to  travel  through  the  zone  of 
action  and  remain  in  communication  with  Landing  Force  Umpire -Control  Headquarters  and 
subordinate  umpire  groups  and  teams. 

c.  If  a  maneuver  director  is  employed,  suitable  communications  should  be  installed  to 
enable  the  maneuver  director  and  Landing  Force  Umpire -Control  Director  to  co-ordinate  um- 
piring activities. 

305.  Signal  Supply  and  Maintenance.-  a.     Operation  of  the  umpire  organization  is  dependent 
upon  the  employment  of  an  extensive  communication  system;  therefore,  the  umpire  organiza- 
tion should  include  suitable  signal  supply  facilities  and  should  operate  a  maintenance  shop  to 
effect  repair  of  all  umpire  signal  equipment. 

b.  Each  subordinate  umpire  group  and  team  wiH  be  issued  an  initial  allowance  of  sig- 
nal equipment.     A  signal  dump  will  be  maintained  at  Landing  Force  Umpire-Control  Head- 
quarters.    Replenishment  of  expendable  items  to  be  effected  as  needed. 

c.  First  echelon  signal  maintenance  will  be  accomplished  by  subordinate  umpire 
groups  and  teams.     Second  and  third  echelon  signal  maintenance  facility  at  Landing  Force 
Umpire -Control  Headquarters.     When  an  item  of  signal  equipment  becomes  inoperative,  it 
will  be  returned  to  the  signal  maintenance  shop  and  a  similar  item  of  equipment  drawn  on  ex- 
change basis.     In  case  of  equipment  which  requires  calibration  on  crystal  frequencies,  a  serv- 
ice message  to  signal  maintenance  shop  will  be  initiated  by  the  .umpire  group  or  team  con- 
cerned, setting  forth  the  type  of  equipment,  frequency  desired,  and  estimated  time  pickup  will 
be  made. 

d.  Resupply  of  expendable  items  of  signal  equipment  and  the  exchange  of  inoperative 
equipment  will  be  the  responsibility  of  umpire  groups  and  teams.     Subordinate  umpire  groups 
and  teams  will  pick  up  expendable  items  and  deliver  unserviceable  signal  equipment  to  the 
signal  supply  and  maintenance  shop. 


3-2 

RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

SECTION  II 
COMMUNICATIONS  FOR  UMPIRE -CONTROL,  INFANTRY 

310.  General.-  a.     The  primary  means  of  communication  employed  within  the  troop  umpire 
groups  and  teams  is  radio.     Team-pack  type  equipment  should  be  avoided  to  insure  maximum 
mobility.     All  vehicular  radio  equipment  must  be  equipped  with  suitable  remote  control  units 
to  prevent  unnecessary  congestion  of  umpire  radio  equipment  near  tactical  command  posts. 
Motorized  messenger  and  limited  application  of  visual  communications  may  be  employed  as 
secondary  means  of  communications.     Due  to  the  requirement  for  maximum  flexibility  and 
need  for  great  mobility  on  the  part  of  umpire  teams  and  individual  umpires,  the  use  of  wire 
communications  except  in  the  case  of  certain  static  installations,  is  not  considered  feasible. 
(See  Diagrams  1-4.) 

311.  Tank  Umpire  Team  Communications. -  a.     The  Senior  Tank  Umpire  will  operate  a 
radio  in  the  Landing  Force  Umpire-Control  Net.     Operation  of  the  Tank  Umpire  Net  is  de- 
pendent upon  the  umpire  situation  and  tactical  employment  of  friendly  tanks. 

(1)  When  tank  companies  are  operating  under  company  control  in  support  of  a 
troop  element,  the  Tank  Company  Umpire  will  accompany  the  tanks  in  action  and  operate  a 
portable  man-pack  infantry  type  radio  in  the  BLT  Umpire  Team  Control  Net  in  whose  zone  of 
action  the  tanks  are  operating.     If  tanks  are  committed  to  action  by  platoon,  the  umpiring  of 
tanks  becomes   a  BLT  Umpire  responsibility.     (See  Diagram  5.) 

(2)  When  the  tank  battalion  is  employed  as  a  unit,  a  Tank  Umpire  Net  will  be  em- 
ployed.    (See  Diagram  6.) 

b.     Each  Tank  Umpire  will  be  equipped  with  a  portable  man -pack  infantry  type  radio 
to  allow  liaison  with  the  troop  umpires  in  the  tank  zone  of  action. 


3-3 

RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


LanFor  (tap  Cont  Oir 
(Net  control  station) 


Div  Unp    / 

Vh^ 

Tank 

Ren 

Co 

J   L>^ 

Unp 

Unp 

6rp 

Grp 

BLT  Unp  T«s 
(Note   I) 


LANDING  FORCE  UMPIRE  CONTROL  NET 


Description:       A  medium -high  frequency,  voice  or  c-w  operated  radio  net  used  for 

control  and  passage  of  umpire  and  administrative  information  between 
troop  umpire  groups  and  teams. 

Equipment:         Landing  Force  Umpire  Control  Director  located  at  Umpire  Control  Hq 
uses  high-powered  vehicular  radio.     Subordinate  Umpire  Groups  and 
Teams  use  medium  powered  radio,  with  remote  control  equipment, 
mounted  in  1/4  ton  4x4  truck  or  equivalent. 

Note:  (1)    Tank,  Reconnaissance  Co  and  BLT  Umpire  Teams  have  been 

placed  in  this  net  to  permit  direct  communications  from  Landing 
Force  Umpire  Control  Director  to  ensure  effective  control  of 
front  line  unit  action. 


DIAGRAM  1 


RESTRICTED 


3-4 


RESTRICTED 


RCT  Umpire  8rp 

(Net  Control  Station) 


Special   Sit. 

Team 


BLT  Ump 
Team 


BLT  Ump 
Team 


BLT  Ump 
Team 


AT  Co 
Ump 


£ 


4.2 

HortCo 

Ump. 


RCT  UMPIRE  GROUP  CONTROL  NET 


Description:      A  very  high  frequency,  frequency  modulated,  voice  operated  radio 
net  used  for  control  of  Troop  Umpire  Teams  within  the  RCT. 

Equipment:        RCT  Umpire  Group  located  at  RCT  CP  uses  remote  controlled 

V-HF-FM  Artillery -Infantry  type  vehicular  set  or  man -pack  VHF-FM 
equipment.     BLT  Umpire  Teams  use  man -pack  VHF-FM  equipment. 
May  be  operated  during  ship -shore  movement,  if  desired,  using  man- 
pack  equipment. 


DIAGRAM  2 


3-5 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


Fire 

Marker 

Team 


Rifle  Co 
Ump 


Rifle  Co 
limp 


BLT  Ump  Team 

(Net  Control   Station) 


Ln  W/maneuver 
Enemy  Officer 


BLT  UMPIRE  TEAM  CONTROL  NET 


Description:       A  very  high  frequency,  frequency  modulated,  voice  operated  radio 
net  used  for  control  of  Troop  Umpires  and  special  Fire  Marker 
Team  within  BLT  and  liaison  with  Maneuver  Enemy  within  BLT 
zone  of  action. 


Equipment: 


Portable  man -pack  VHF-FM  infantry  type  equipment. 


DIAGRAM  3 


RESTRICTED 


3-6 


Sad  Ump 


Rifle  Co  Ump 

(Net  Control    Station) 


HG  Plat  Ump 


Sqd  Ump  (Note   I) 

'N     Control   NCO  W/Aggressor  (Note  2) 
COMPANY  UMPIRE  CONTROL  NET 


Description:       A  medium  high  frequency  voice  radio  net  employing  portable  hand- 
pack  equipment  for  control  of  Troop  Umpires  within  the  Rifle 
Company. 

Equipment:         Portable  hand-pack  infantry  type  medium  high  frequency  radio  set. 

Notes:  (1)    Squad  Umpires  acting  as  Flag  Teams  which  accompany  the  as- 

sault units  should  be  provided  hand -pack  equipment  with  head- 
sets to  permit  free  use  of  flag  man's  hands. 

(2)    Control  NCO  with  maneuver  enemy  is  normally  attached  to 
Company  Umpire  Team  and  only  establishes  liaison  between 
Maneuver  Enemy  unit  opposing  assault  company  and  Company 
Umpire  as  required. 


DIAGRAM  4 


3-7 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


(Independent  Umpire  Mission) 


Assistant  Tank  Umpire 
with  Tank  Co. 


Transmitter  and   1st  receiver 
normally  set  on  command  net  of 
tank  unit  being  umpired. 


VHF-FM  Tank  Type 
vehicular  radio. 


2nd  receiver  listening  on  Tank 
Umpire  Net  as  required. 


VHF-FM  manpack 
Infantry  type 
radio 


Operating   in  BLT  Umpire  Control 
Net  for  liaison  with  Troop 
Ump  i  res. 


TANK  UMPIRE  COMMUNICATION 


DIAGRAM  5 


RESTRICTED 


3-8 


RESTRICTED 


Senior  Tank  Umpire 
(With  Tank  Bn  Hq) 


Asst  Tank 
Umpires 
(With  Tank 
Co  Hq) 


TANK  UMPIRE  NET 


Description:      A  very  high  frequency,  frequency  modulated,  voice  operated  radio  net 
used  by  the  Senior  Tank  Umpire  to  control  and  co-ordinate  his  assis- 
tant Tank  Umpires. 

Equipment:         Each  Tank  Umpire  will  employ  VHF-FM,  tank  type,  radio,  mounted 
in  1/4  ton  4x4  truck.     Each  Tank  Umpire  will  be  equipped  with  suit- 
able portable  man-pack  radio  for  use  in  entering  BLT  Umpire  Control 
Nets  as  required. 

Note:  (1)    VHF-FM,  tank  type,  equipment  shall  be  channelized  to  permit 

operation  on  all  internal  nets  used  by  friendly  tank  forces',  in  ad- 
dition to  Tank  Umpire  Net. 


DIAGRAM  6 


957460O—51- 


3-9 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


SECTION  III 
COMMUNICATIONS  FOR  UMPIRE -CONTROL,  SUPPORTING  ARMS 

320.  General. -  a.  Communications  within  the  Supporting  Arms  Umpire  Group  must  be  rap- 
id, reliable,  and  make  use  of  terminology  and  special  forms  peculiar  to  umpiring  the  support- 
ing arms. 

b.     Due  to  the  extent  and  complexity  of  supporting  arms  umpire  communications,  a 
trained  signal  officer  should  be  designated  as  the  Communication  Officer,  Supporting  Arms 
Umpire  Group.     The  communication  officer  shall  be  responsible  to  the  Chief  Supporting  Arms 
Umpire  for  the  organization,  training,  and  operation  of  communication  personnel  and  equip- 
ment within  the  Supporting  Arms  Umpire  Group.     In  this  connection,  it  must  be  kept  in  mind 
that  the  Umpire -Control  Director's  Signal  Officer  has  over -all  responsibility  for  communica- 
tions within  the  Umpire  organization. 

321.  Organization  of  Radio  Nets.-  a.     Artillery  Umpire  Team: 

(1)  Artillery  Fire  Marking  Net  is  used  to  pass  information  from  umpires  at  friend- 
ly artillery  FDC's  to  Fire  Marking  Sections.     See  Chapter  2,  Section  V. 

(2)  Artillery  Broadcast  Net  is  used  to  broadcast  information  from  friendly  artil- 
lery FDC's  and  Artillery  Umpire -Controller  to  artillery  umpire  monitors  with  IR  and  IBSAC's. 
See  Chapter  2,  Section  V. 

b.  Air  Umpire  Team: 

(1)  Air  Umpire  Net  is  used  for  the  exchange  of  information  between  Air  Umpire - 
Controller  and  subordinate  airfield,  AAA's  and  TACRON  Umpire  sections.  See  Chapter  2, 
Section  V. 

(2)  Air  Broadcast  Net  is  used  by  flying  umpires  to  pass  information  concerning  the 
umpire  air  action  to  the  air  Umpire -Controller.     See  Chapter  2,  Section  V. 

(3)  Air  strike  damage  assessment  as  received  by  the  Air  Umpire -Controller  is 
passed  on  to  the  IRSAC's  and  IBSAC's  over  the  Naval  Gunfire  Broadcast  Net.     See  Chapter  2, 
Section  V.     In  this  connection,  the  Chief  Supporting  Arms  Umpire  is  not  constrained  to  the 
employment  of  only  the  Naval  Gunfire  Net  but  may  use  any  of  the  other  circuits  which  may  not 
be  busy  at  the  time  to  pass  timely  information  to  the  IRSAC's  and  IBSAC's.     In  effect,  the 
Chief  Supporting  Arms  Umpire  has  three  (3)  separate  channels  of  radio  communication  to  his 
IRSAC's  and  IBSAC's  which  should  always  be  employed  at  maximum  capacity. 

c.  Naval  Gunfire  Umpire  Team: 

(1)  Naval  Gunfire  Broadcast  Net  is  used  primarily  to  pass  information  in  the  form 
of  a  broadcast  concerning  damage  assessed  as  a  result  of  friendly  naval  gunfire  on  Maneuver 
Enemy  Troops  or  installations.     See  Chapter  2,  Section  V. 

322.  Communication  Records  and  Reports.-  a.  Stations  acting  as  net  control  stations  will 
maintain  a  complete  written  log  for  their  supporting  arms  broadcast  nets.  Subordinate  sta- 
tions will  maintain  complete  message  files. 

b.  Operators  monitoring  friendly  Shore  Fire  Control  SpottingNets  will  maintain  as 
complete  a  written  log  as  practicable. 

c.  Station  logs  and  message  files  will  be  turned  in  at  the  completion  of  each  exercise 
or  maneuver  to  the  OinC  IRSAC's  and  IBSAC's  or  to  their  particular  supporting  arms  con- 
troller, as  appropriate,  as  an  aid  in  the  preparation  of  umpire  reports.     In  this  respect,  it 
is  mandatory  that  facts  as  to  time,  date,  sending  and  receiving  station  be  entered  on  message 
blanks  or  logs. 


3-10 

RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


Arty  Regt 


Arty 

Bn  FDC       W 

Sec  0 

6- 


uh/     Arty  Fire 
Harking 
Sections 


ARTILLERY  FIRE  MARKING  NET 


Description: 


Equipment: 


Notes: 


A  very  high  frequency  (FM)  voice  operated  radio  net  used  to  control 
the  movement  and  actions  of  Fire  Marking  Sections.  See  Chapter  2, 
Section  V  for  a  detailed  description  of  the  functioning  of  this  net. 

Arty  FDC  Sections  use  VHF  (FM)  artillery  type  radio  in  1/4  ton  4x4 
truck.     Fire  Marking  Sections  employ  portable  man-pack  VHF  (FM) 
artillery  type  radio  mounted  in  1/4  ton  4x4,  cargo  truck. 

(1)  Two  (2)  VHF  channels  are  required  for  this  net.     One  for  the 
movement  of  fire  marker  teams,  and  the  other  for  administrative 
or  overload  purposes. 

(2)  Use  of  remote  control  equipment  at  FDC  locations  will  facilitate 
rapid  dissemination  of  information,  and  allow  dispersion  of  troop 
and  umpire  signal  equipment  so  as  to-  reduce  mutual  interference. 


DIAGRAM  7 


3-11 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


Artillery  Controller 
(At  LanFor  Ump  Cont  Hq) 


Arty  FDC 
Sections 


Artillery  radio  section 
of  each   Infantry  Regi- 
ment or   Infantry  Battal- 
ion Supporting  Arms 
Center  Sections 
( I R- IBS AC) 


ARTILLERY     BROADCAST  NET 


Description:       A  high  frequency  voice  operated  radio  net  used  for  broadcast  of 

artillery  fires  in  support  of  Friendly  Forces.     See  Chapter  2,  Sec- 
tion V,  for  a  detailed-  description  of  the  functioning  of  this  net. 

Equipment:         Artillery  Controller  at  LanFor  Umpire  Control  Hq,  Arty  FDC  Sec- 
tions and  IR  and  IBSAC's  employ,  medium  powered  (HF-MHF)  ve- 
hicular radio  equipment  mounted  in  1/4  ton  4x4  truck. 

Notes:  (1)     One  MHF  channel  is  required  for  use  on  this  net.     If  practicable 

frequency  selected  should  be  one  of  the  crystal  frequencies 
available  for  use  with  equipment  employed. 

(2)    Use  of  remote  control  equipment  at  FDC  and  Arty  Controller 
location  will  facilitate  use  of  net  by  Arty  Umpires  and  allow 
dispersion  of  troop  and  umpire  signal  equipment  so  as  to  re- 
duce mutual  interference. 


DIAGRAM  3 


RESTRICTED 


3-12 


RESTRICTED 


Air  Controller     (Net  Control) 
(At  Umpire-Control    Director  Hq) 


Liaison  Section  (TACRON  ) Safety  AAA  UBpjre8  (jf  employed) 

(at  friendly  (Umpi res)Section  (at  each  battery  CP) 

airfields)  (at  friendly 

TACRON) 


AIR  UMPIRE  NET 


Description:       A  medium -high  frequency  radio  net,  voice  operated  and  used  to 
pass  information  between  the  Air  Controller  and  his  subordinate 
umpire  sections  concerning  (a)  the  readiness  condition  of  friendly 
air  units  and  AAA  units,  and  (b)  actions  of  AAA  units  and  prob- 
able "knock-downs"  during  air  strikes  by  Maneuver  Enemy  Air 
Force. 

Equipment:        Suitable  mobile   high  powered  equipment  to  provide  reliable  voice 
communication  over  the  distances  required. 

Note:  (1)     When  friendly  airfields  are  on  the  same  land  mass,  and 

when  TACRON  is  shore -based,  telephone  communication  may 
be  employed  in  lieu  of  radio  to  meet  this  communication  re- 
quirement. 


DIAGRAM  9 


3-13  RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


Flying  Umpire 
(W/friendly  ai  r 

strike  group/CAP) 

Note   I 


Ai  r  Control ler 

(At  Umpi re- Control    Director  Hq) 


Flying  Umpire 
(W/Maneuver  Enemy  air 

strike   group) 

Note  2 


AIR  BROADCAST  NET 


Description:       A  very  high  frequency  radio  net,  voice  operated,  used  for  the 

exchange  of  information  between  flying  umpires  with  opposing  air 
units . 

Equipment:         Suitable  VHF  equipment  must  be  provided  to  Air  Controller  to 

enable  reliable  communication  to  flying  umpires  at  fifty  (50)  mile 
range. 

Notes:  (1)     Co-ordinates  with  flying  umpire  of  opposing  air  strike  group 

during  air  action.     Relays  information  to  friendly  flight  leader 
on  losses  incurred  to  aircraft  using  standard  aircraft  chan- 
nels.    Assesses  damage  done  to  Maneuver  Enemy  troops  or 
installations  by  friendly  aircraft  and  makes  Air  Broadcast  to 
the  Air  Controller. 

(2)    Passes  results  of  air  umpiring  to  flying  umpire  with  opposing 
aircraft.     Passes  information  concerning  losses  to  flight  lead- 
er of  Maneuver  Enemy  Strike  group  over  standard  aircraft 
channels.     Assesses  damage  done  to  friendly  troops  or  installa- 
tions by  Maneuver  Enemy  aircraft,  and  make  Air  Broadcast 
to  the  controller. 


DIAGRAM  10 


RESTRICTED 


3-14 


RESTRICTED 


NGF  Controller 


IRSAC's  and    IBSAC's  Note   I 


NAVAL  GUNFIRE  BROADCAST  NET 


Note:        NGF  Broadcast  Net 


Description:       A  medium  high  frequency  voice  operated  radio  net  for  the  passage 
of  information  concerning  naval  gunfires  in  support  of  Friendly- 
forces.     See  Chapter  2,  Section  V,  for  a  detailed  description  of  the 
functioning  of  this  net. 

Equipment:         NGF  Controller  uses  high  powered  mobile  MHF  radio  set;  FSCC, 
IR  and  IBSAC's  employ  medium  powered  (MHF)  radios  mounted  in 
1/4  ton  4x4  truck. 


Note: 


(1)     Each  IR  and  LBSAC  and  FSCC  is  equipped  with  a  suitable  radio 
receiver  to  monitor  the  NGF  Spotting  Net  of  the  troop  unit  be- 
ing umpired.     Information  concerning  the  types  and  amounts  of 
direct  support  naval  gunfire  being  delivered  in  support  of  the 
troop  element  is  passed  to  the  Troop  Umpire  concerned  and 
to  the  NGF  Controller.     See  Chapter  2,  Section  V. 


DIAGRAM  11 


3-15 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

SECTION  IV 
COMMUNICATIONS  FOR  ADMINISTRATIVE  UMPIRE  TEAM 

330.  General.  -  a.     For  mission,  organization  and  functioning  of  Administrative  Umpire  - 
Control  Teams,  see  Chapter  2,  Section  in.     Operation  of  communication  facilities  within  the 
Administrative  Umpire -Control  Team  will  be  the  responsibility  of  the  OinC  Administrative 
Umpire -Control  Team. 

b.     The  Administrative  Umpire-Control  Team  will  normally  operate  in  the  same  loca- 
tion as  the  Division  Troop  Umpire  Group.     The  OinC  Administrative  Umpire -Control  Team 
will  have  radio  communication  to  umpire  teams  under  his  cognizance  over  the  Administrative 
Umpire -Control  Net.     Whenever  practicable,  wire  communication  will  be  established  with 
subordinate  umpire  teams,  in  which  case  radio  will  be  placed  on  a  stand-by  status. 

331.  Shore  Party  Umpire  Team  Communications.-  a.     Wire  and  motorized  messenger  is 
the  normal  means  of  communication  employed  within  the  SP  Umpire  Team.     Subordinate  SP 
Umpire  Teams  with  SP  Group  Headquarters  will  set  up  hourly  messenger  runs  to  each  of  the 
umpire  teams  with  Shore  Party  Teams  for  the  collection  and  delivery  of  reports,  incidents  or 
instructions.    SP  Umpire  teams  with  Division  Shore  Party  Headquarters  will  set  up  hourly 
messenger  runs  to  each  of  the  umpire  teams  operating  with  Shore  Party  Group  Headquarters 
for  the  collection  and  delivery  of  reports,  incidents,  or  instructions.     Staggering  of  messen- 
ger runs  will  facilitate  rapid  delivery  of  reports  originating  on  the  SP  Team  level  to  Senior 
SP  Umpire. 

b.  The  Senior  Shore  Party  Umpire  will  operate  a  radio  in  the  Administrative  Umpire- 
Control  Net  as  directed  by  OinC  Administrative  Umpire -Control  Team. 

c.  Combat  Service  Group  Umpire  Communications: 

(1)  If  the  Combat  Service  Group  is  attached  to  Landing  Force,  the  Senior  CSG  Um- 
pire will  operate  a  radio  in  the  Administrative  Umpire-Control  Net. 

(2)  All  other  communications  within  the  CSG  Umpire  Team  will  be  by  motorized 
messenger. 

332.  Engineer  Umpire  Communications.-  a.     The  Senior  Engineer  Umpire  wiU  operate  a 
radio  in  the  Administrative  Umpire -Control  Net. 

b.  Operation  of  the  Engineer  Umpire  Net  is  dependent  upon  the  umpire  situation  and 
tactical  employment  of  friendly  engineer  forces. 

(1)  When  engineer  companies  are  operating  under  company  control  in  support  of 
troop  elements,  the  assistant  engineer  umpires  with  the  companies  will  normally  operate  in 
the  BLT  Umpire -Control  Net  in  whose  zone  of  action  the  engineer  unit  is  operating. 

(2)  When  the  engineer  units  are  under  Engineer  Battalion  control  and  aH  umpires 
operate  as  a  team,  the  Engineer  Umpire  Net  will  be  activated. 

c.  In  instances  when  engineer  units  are  not  actively  supporting  the  tactical  operations 
of  friendly  forces,  motorized  messenger  will  be  employed  and  the  Engineer  Umpire  Net  will 
be  secured. 


3-16 
RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


Adm  Ump   Cont  Tm   (OinC) 


*(lf  attached) 


ADMINISTRATIVE  UMPIRE  CONTROL  NET 


Description:       A  medium -high  frequency  voice  operated  radio  net  used  by  the  OIC 

Administrative  Umpire  Control  Team  to  co-ordinate  the  activities  of 

Umpire  teams  under  his  cognizance.     Also  used  for  the  passage  of 
umpire  and  administrative  information. 

Equipment:         All  teams  employ  medium  powered  radio  (MHF)  in  truck  1/4  ton 

4x4.     Certain  installations  which  are  static  may  employ  any  medium- 
high  frequency  transmitting  and  receiving  equipment. 


DIAGRAM  12 


957460  ()— 51 S 


3-17 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


Senior  Engineer  Umpire 
(W/Engr   Bn  Hq) 


Asst  Engineer 
Ump  i res 
(W/Engr  Co  Hq) 


ENGINEER  UMPIRE  NET 


Description:       A  very  high  frequency  (FM)  voice  operated  radio  net. 

Equipment:         VHF  (FM)  man-pack  type. 

Note:  (1)     When  assistant  umpires  are  operating  in  a  BLT  Umpire 

Team  zone  of  action,  they  operate  in  the  BLT  Umpire 
Net. 


DIAGRAM  13 


RESTRICTED 


3-18 


RESTRICTED 
SECTION  V 

COMMUNICATIONS  FOR  THE  MANEUVER  ENEMY 

340.     General.  -  a.     The  successful  accomplishment  of  the  operations  of  the  Maneuver  Ene- 
my (Ground)  will  be  greatly  dependent  upon  the  efficiency  of  the  communications  provided  to 
control  its  maneuvers  and  also  the  communications  provided  to  establish  effective  liaison  with 
the  Troop  Umpires  accompanying  the  Landing  Force  units. 

b.  Wire  Communications: 

(1)  Since  the  Maneuver  Enemy  will  prepare  certain  defensive  positions  prior  to  the 
contemplated  exercise,  sufficient  time  must  be  available  for  the  installation  of  a  pre-laid  tel- 
ephone system  from  Maneuver  Enemy  (Ground)  Headquarters  throughout  each  defensive  posi- 
tion.    This  telephone  system  will  become  the  primary  means  of  communications  for  achiev- 
ing effective  control  of  the  movements  and  actions  of  the  Maneuver  Enemy  infantry  battalions 
occupying  such  positions. 

(2)  Although  the  telephone  installations  should  be  as  complete  as  time  and  labor 
permit,  radio  communications  must  also  be  provided  for  standby  purposes  for  flexibility  and 
in  cases  of  disruption  of  telephone  service. 

c.  Radio  Communications: 

(1)  In  view  of  main  reliance  on  telephone  communications  for  control  of  the  action 
of  Maneuver  Enemy  (Ground),  and  also  the  possible  lack  of  available  frequencies  in  a  con- 
trolled maneuver  of  division  size,  radio  nets  employed  by  the  Maneuver  Enemy  should  be  lim- 
ited to  a  minimum  necessary  for  emergency  control.     The  following  radio  nets  are  consid- 
ered as  most  essential: 

(a)  Maneuver  Enemy -Umpire  Liaison  Net. 

(b)  Maneuver  Enemy  Control  Net. 

(c)  Maneuver  Enemy  Infantry  Battalion  Control  Net. 

(d)  Supporting  Arms  Group  Control  Net. 

(e)  SMG  Company  Control  Net. 

(f)  Tank  Battalion  Control  Net. 

(2)  Maneuver  Enemy  Umpire  Control  Net:* 

(a)  This  net  should  be  a  medium-high  frequency  net  employing  equipment,  mo- 
bile or  team -pack  of  sufficient  power  to  establish  communications  between  the  Maneuver  Ene- 
my Liaison  party  at  Landing  Force  Umpire-Control  Headquarters  and  the  Maneuver  Enemy 
(Ground)  Headquarters.     This  net  should  be  used  exclusively  for  the  purpose  of  apprising  the 
Maneuver  Enemy  Commander  of  the  Landing  Force  Umpire -Control  Director's  desires  con- 
cerning Maneuver  Enemy  (Ground)  actions. 

(b)  Further  liaison  between  Landing  Force  BLT,  Company  Troop  Umpires,  and 
Maneuver  Enemy  (Ground)  is  also  established  as  described  in  Chapter  3,  Section  n. 

(3)  Maneuver  Enemy  (Ground)  Control  Net  -  See  Diagram  14. 

(4)  Supporting  Arms  Group  Control  Net  -  See  Diagram  16. 

(5)  SMG  Company  Control  Net  -  See  Diagram  17. 

(6)  Tank  Battalion  Control  Net. 

(a)  All  tanks  use  their  organic  VHF-FM  organic  equipment  on  one  prescribed 
frequency.     Tanks  operating  with  Maneuver  Enemy  infantry  and  the  SMG  Company  guard  the 
control  frequency  of  such  units  with  their  organic  VHF-FM,  infantry  type  radio  equipment. 

d.  Radio  Intercept  and  Counter-measures: 

(1)  Radio  intercept  and  particularly  radio  counter-measures  involving  jamming, 
deception  or  other  interference  with  Landing  Force  radio  communication  should  be  carefully 
co-ordinated  at  highest  operational  control  level  and  as  prescribed  by  effective  directives 
concerning  such  practices. 

(2)  One  (1)  audio  jammer  and  one  (1)  audio  oscillator  and  amplifier  w/plug  adapter 
for  each  transmitter  of  the  standard  type  available,  should  provide  effective  jamming  inter- 
ference.    This  equipment  should  be  operated  by  carefully  trained  personnel  and  at  no  greater 
power  than  would  be  necessary  to  accomplish  the  desired  effect. 

(3)  Sufficient  receivers  of  suitable  frequency  coverage  should  be  provided  to  per- 
mit interception  and  monitoring  of  major  Landing  Force  command  and  tactical  radio  nets.  A 
minimum  of  eight  (8)  receivers  should  suffice  for  adequate  intercept  operations. 

(4)  A  minimum  of  four  (4)  MHF-AM,  medium  powered,  and  one  (1)  VHF-FM,  ar- 
tillery-infantry type  radio  sets  should  provide  suitable  transmitter  coverage  for  jamming  and 
deception  operation  on  Landing  Force  radio  nets. 

3_19  RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


SNG  Co 


Tank  Bn 


Man  En  Rifle  Co's 


MANEUVER  ENEMY  CONTROL  NET 


Description:       A  medium  high  frequency  voice  operated  radio  net  used  as  a 

standby  to  telephone  communication  for  control  of  Maneuver  Ene 
my  Battalions,  Rifle  Companies,  and  SMG  Company  operations. 

Equipment:         Maneuver  Enemy  Commander  uses  high-powered,  MHF-AM,  ve- 
hicular radio.     Subordinate  Commanders  use  medium  powered 
radios  mounted  in  1/4  ton  4x4  truck  or  equivalent. 


DIAGRAM  14 


RESTRICTED 


3-20 


RESTRICTED 


Note   I 


MG  Rifle  Plats 

Plat 


Man   En    Inf  Bn  CO 


MG  Rifle  Plats 

Plat 


MANEUVER  ENEMY   INFANTRY  BATTALION 
CONTROL  NET 


Description:       A  very  high  frequency,  frequency  modulated,  voice  operated  radio 
net  used  for  control  of  Maneuver  Enemy  front  line  units  as  a 
standby  to  existing  telephone  installations. 

Equipment:        VHF-FM,  man -pack,  infantry  type  equipment. 

Note:  (1)     Maneuver  Enemy  Rifle  Company  Commander  establishes  liai- 

son in  his  defensive  sector  with  BLT  Umpire  Control  Officer 
by  entering  that  Umpire  Control  Net. 


DIAGRAM  15 


3-21 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


S 


OIC  Sup  Arms  Grp 


Wpns  Plat  Comd 


Wpns  Tms 


MANEUVER  ENEMY 
SUPPORTING  ARMS  GROUP  CONTROL  NET 


Description:       A  very  high  frequency,  frequency  modulated,  voice  operated  radio  net 
used  for  control  of  Maneuver  Enemy  simulated  artillery,  mortars, 
and  rocket  launching  operations. 

Equipment:         VHF-FM,  artillery -infantry  type  man -pack  or  vehicular  set. 


DIAGRAM  16 


RESTRICTED 


3-22 


SMG  Co   CO 


Note    I 


SMG  Squads 


MANEUVER   ENEMY 
SMG  COMPANY  CONTROL  NET 


Description:       A  very  high  frequency,  frequency  modulated,  voice  operated  radio 
net  used  for  control  of  SMG  unit  operations. 

Equipment:         VHF-FM  man -pack  infantry  type  equipment. 

Notes:  (l)     Platoon  Commanders  control  their  squads  by  employment  of 

MHF-AM  hand -pack,  infantry- type  equipment. 

(2)    Tank  Bn  or  Tank  Companies  of  Maneuver  Enemy  operating 
with  SMG  Co  enter  the  SMG  Company  Control  Net  using  or- 
ganic VHF-FM,  infantry  type  equipment  contained  in  tanks. 


DIAGRAM  17 


3-23 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

CHAPTER  4 

PLANNING  AND  TRAINING 

Paragraphs 
Section  I.     General  ----  —  ------------------  —  -       401-  402 

SECTION  I 

GENERAL 

401.  Training.-  a.  Training  for  the  accomplishment  of  the  umpire -control  mission  is  best 
executed  in  three  phases:  Phase  I  -  INDIVIDUAL  TRAINING;  Phase  n  -  TEAM  TRAINING; 
Phase  III  -  FULL  SCALE  REHEARSAL. 

(1)  Phase  I,  Individual  Training.-  During  this  period  general  instruction  for  the 
individual  is  conducted  with  a  view  to  preparing  each  member  of  the  umpire -control  organiza- 
tion for  intelligent  participation  in  the  exercise.     A  suggested  list  of  subjects  to  be  included 
in  this  phase  is  as  follows: 

(a)  Mission  of  the  Umpire -Control  Organization. 

(b)  Tactics  of  the  squad,  platoon,  company  and  battalion. 

(c)  Map  reading. 

(d)  Organization  of  a  Marine  (Army)  Infantry  Division. 

(e)  Terrain  appreciation. 

(f)  Aggressor  organization. 

(g)  Umpire-Control  organization, 
(h)  Umpire -Control  communications. 
(i)  Umpire -Control  technique. 

(j)   Expeditionary  troops  and  landing  force  operation  orders.     (For  exercises 
to  be  umpire -controlled.) 

(2)  Phase  n,  Unit  Training.-     During  this  phase,  all  umpire -control  elements 
are  physically  organized  and  individuals  within  each  element  are  trained  in  their  own  umpire - 
control  specialties.     Special  courses  must  be  conducted  for  signal  personnel,  Unit  umpires, 
and  maneuver  enemy  units.     The  culmination  of  this  phase  of  training  is  unit  rehearsals  dur- 
ing which  RCT  and  BLT  Umpire  Teams  conduct  walk-through  rehearsals  of  the  planned  um- 
pire-control problem  in  conjunction  with  maneuver  enemy  units. 

(3)  Phase  in,  Full  Scale  Rehearsals.-     During  this  phase,  the  entire  umpire-con- 
trol organization  is  set  up  in  the  field  and  is  exercised  in  at  least  one  (1)  full  scale  rehearsal 
during  which  the  umpire -control  operation  order,  based  on  the  exercise  to  be  controlled,  is 
rehearsed  and  tested  in  its  entirety.     Experience  has  shown  that  if  the  training  conducted  in 
Phases  I  and  E  is  thorough  and  complete,  only  one  full  scale  rehearsal  is  necessary;    how- 
ever, the  time  allowed  should  provide  for  at  least  two  (2)  rehearsals. 

402.  Planning. -  a.     All  plans  and  orders  for  the  execution  of  the  umpire-control  problem 
are  based  on  the  plans  and  orders  issued  by  the  units  to  be  exercised.     It  is,  therefore,  nec- 
essary that  the'   Umpire -Control  Director  receive  copies  of  all  plans  and  orders  issued  by 
the  unit  to  be  exercised  at  the  earliest  possible  time  so  that  the  umpire -control  plans  and 
orders  may  be  completed  prior  to  the  latter  part  of  Phase  n  training  and  for  the  full  scale 
rehearsals  in  phase  III  training. 

b.     The  operation  plans  and  orders  for  umpire -control  follow  the  accepted  five  para- 
graph form,  together  with  supporting  annexes.     These  annexes  contain  detailed  instructions 
or  a  detailed  script  for  the  guidance  of  every  element  of  the  organization.     The  basis  for 
these  instructions  is  the  creation  of  a  series  of  logical  and  realistic  situations  with  which  the 
attacking  troops  will  be  confronted,  together  with  detailed  instructions  for  the  umpires,  con- 
trol elements  and  maneuver  enemy  units  in  each  situation.     In  order  that  all  echelons  of  com- 
mand may  be  exercised  in  their  command  functions,  these  situations  should  be  so  designed 
that  the  smaller  units  are  exercised  in  the  earlier  phases  of  the  action  with  a  gradual  buildup 
in  the  over -all  situation  such  that  the  higher  echelons  are  exercised  in  the  latter  phases  of 

4-1  RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

the  exercise.     Due  to  this  concept,  some  of  the  umpire -control  instructions  may  appear  to  be 
arbitrary.     If  they  are  properly  executed,  these  artificialities  should  not  be  apparent  to  the 
units  undergoing  training  in  the  exercise. 

c.     A  sample  operation  order  is  appended  to  this  Manual  to  illustrate  a  practical  repli- 
cation of  the  preparation  of  an  umpire -control  operation  order  (see  Appendix  I)  and  sample 
umpire -control  scripts  are  included  herein  for  information  and  guidance.     (See  Appendix  n.) 


4-2 
RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

CHAPTER  5 

UMPIRE  REPORTS 

Paragraphs 
Section  I.     General  -----    •--    • 501-503 

SECTION  I 

GENERAL 

501.  General.-     Umpire  reports  are  those  reports  submitted  by  umpires  to  cover  landing 
exercises,  field  exercises,  and  other  tactical  exercises  involving  the  employment  of  actual 
personnel  and  material.     The  principal  value  of  a  properly  prepared  umpire  report  is  that  it 
analyzes  the  status  of  training  of  the  unit  exercised.     The  analysis  reveals  general  and  spe- 
cific training  deficiencies  and  thereby  serves  as  an  excellent  basis  for  planning  the  subsequent 
training  of  the  unit  concerned.      The  publication,  CHECK  LIST  FOR  OBSERVERS  OF  AMPHIB- 
IOUS EXERCISES  (NAVMC  1047 -DPP),  treats  in  exhaustive  detail  with  the  critical  examina- 
tion of  all  phases  of  an  amphibious  operation  and  is  recommended  as  an  aid  in  the  preparation 
of  umpire  reports. 

502.  Responsibility.-  a.     With  exceptions  as  noted  below,  all  umpires  are  responsible  for 
observing  and  reporting  to  their  respective  seniors  in  the  umpire  chain  of  command.     The 
reports  should  follow  the  form  described  in  paragraph  503  of  this  Chapter.     Compliance  with 
the  foregoing  will  result  in  uniform  detailed  coverage  of  the  entire  exercise  at  all  unit  levels. 

b.  Squad  Umpire.-     Written  umpire  reports  will  be  submitted  by  squad  umpires  to 
their  respective  platoon  umpires.     The  squad  umpire's  report  will  be  based  upon  his  observa- 
tions.    It  will  be  submitted  as  early  as  practicable  following  the  completion  of  the  exercise. 

c.  Platoon  Umpire.-     The  platoon  umpire's  written  report  will  be  based  upon  his  own 
observations,  and  those  of  his  squad  umpires.  It  will  be  submitted  to  his  respective  company 
umpire  at  a  time  designated  by  the  company  umpire. 

d.  Company  Umpire.-     Written  umpire  reports  wiH  be  submitted  by  all  company  um- 
pires to  their  respective  BLT  umpires.     The  company  umpire's  report  will  be  a  digest  of  his 
own  observations  and  those  of  his  platoon  umpires.     It  will  be  submitted  to  his  BLT  umpire 
at  a  time  designated  by  the  BLT  umpire. 

d.     BLT  Umpire -Control  Team.-     Each  officer  in  charge  of  a  BLT  umpire -control 
team  will  submit  to  the  Landing  Force  Umpire -Control  Director  a  complete  report  of  the  unit 
exercised.     The  BLT  umpire's  report  will  be  a  digest  of  the  reports  submitted  to  him  by  the 
company  umpires,  and  may  or  may  not  include  the  latter  reports  as  enclosures.     Ordinarily, 
it  will  be  much  more  effective  if  it  includes  a  well  prepared  digest  for  general  study  and  en- 
closes the  company  umpire  reports  for  intensive  study.     It  should  be  submitted  as  early  as 
practicable  after  completion  of  the  exercise  at  a  time  designated  by  the  Landing  Force  Um- 
pire-Control Director. 

f.  RCT  Umpire -Control  Group.-     Each  officer  in  charge  of  an  RCT  umpire -control 
group  will  submit  to  the  Landing  Force  Umpire -Control  Director  a  complete  report  of  the 
RCT  aspects  of  the  exercise.     The  RCT  umpire's  report  will  be  based  upon  his  own  observa- 
tions and  those  of  his  assistant  and  will  include,  as  enclosures,  the  reports  of  the  regimental 
4.2"  mortar  and  anti-tank  company  umpires.     It  wiU  be  submitted  as  early  as  practicable  fol- 
lowing the  completion  of  the  exercise  to  the  Landing  Force  Umpire-Control  Director  at  a 
time  directed  by  him. 

g.  Tactical  Umpires.-     The  tactical  umpires,  G-2  -  G -3,  Tank,  Signal  and  Reconnais- 
sance Company,  will  submit  a  written  report  to  the  officer  in  charge,  tactical  umpire -control 
team  as  early  as  practicable  following  the  completion  of  the  exercise.     The  report  of  each  of 
the  aforementioned  tactical  umpires  wiH  be  based  upon  his  own  observations.     When  applica- 
ble, the  report  may  be  a  digest  of  reports  submitted  to  him  by  the  assistants  or  the  assist- 
ants' reports  may  be  included  in  the  respective  tactical  umpire  report  as  an  enclosure. 

5-1  RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

h.     Tactical  Umpire -Control  Team.-     The  officer  in  charge,  tactical  umpire  -control 
team  will  submit  a  written  report  to  the  officer  in  charge,  division  umpire -control  group  as 
early  as  practicable  following  the  completion  of  the  exercise.     This  report  will  include  a 
digest  of  the  reports  from  the  tactical  umpires  for  general  study  and  will  also  include  each  of 
the  tactical  umpire's  reports  as  enclosures  for  intensive  study  by  the  unit  exercised. 

i.  Administrative  Umpires.-  The  administrative  umpires,  0-1  -  G-4,  Medical,  Engi- 
neer, Service,  Ordnance,  Shore  Party,  Motor  Transport  and  TAC-Log,  will  submit  written  re- 
ports to  the  officer  in  charge,  administrative  umpire-control  team  as  early  as  practicable  fol- 
lowing the  completion  of  the  exercise.  The  report  of  each  of  the  aforementioned  administra- 
tive umpires  will  be  based  upon  his  own  observations  and,  where  practicable,  the  report  may 
be  a  digest  of  the  reports  submitted  to  him  by  the  assistants.  The  assistants' reports  may  be 
included  in  the  respective  administrative  umpire  report  as  an  enclosure. 

j.     Administrative  Umpire -Control  Team.-     The  officer  in  charge,  administrative 
umpire -control  team  will  submit  a  written  report  to  the  officer  in  charge,  division  umpire  - 
control  group  as  early  as  practicable  following  the  completion  of  the  exercise.     This  report 
will  include  a  digest  of  the  reports  from  the  administrative  umpires  for  general  study  and  will 
include,  as  enclosures,  each  tactical  umpire's  report  for  intensive  study  by  the  unit  exercised. 

k.     Division  Umpire -Control  Group.-     The  officer  in  charge,  division  umpire -control 
group  will  submit  a  written  report  to  the  Landing  Force  Umpire -Control  Director  at  a  time 
directed  by  him.     The  report  of  the  officer  in  charge,  division  umpire-control  group  will  in- 
clude a  digest  of  the  reports  from  the  tactical  umpire -control  team  and  the  administrative 
umpire -control  team  for  general  study  and  will  include  each  of  the  tactical  and  administrative 
umpires'  reports  as  enclosures  for  intensive  study. 

1.      Supporting  Arms  Umpire  Group.  - 

(1)  The  artillery,  air,  and  naval  gunfire  umpire -controllers  will  submit  a  formal 
written  report  to  the  Landing  Force  Umpire -Control  Director  as  early  as  practicable  follow- 
ing the  completion  of  the  exercise. 

(2)  The  artillery  umpire  team  report  will  consist  of  a  memorandum  from  each  ar- 
tillery umpire  section  addressed  to  the  officer  in  charge,  artillery  umpire  team.     This  memo- 
randum will  be  based  on  the  observations  of  the  umpire  and  when  applicable,  on  those  of  his 
assistants.     In  addition,  the  umpire  check  list  will  be  made  an  enclosure  to  each  memoran- 
dum.    The  officer  in  charge  of  the  artillery  umpire  team  will  make  each  subordinate  report 
an  enclosure  to  his  formal  letter. 

(3)  The  air  umpire  report  will  consist  of  a  memorandum  from  each  of  the  subordi- 
nate air  umpires  addressed  to  the  officer  in  charge, air  umpire  team.     The  officer  in  charge 
of  the  air  umpire  team  will  make  each  subordinate  air  umpire's  report  an  enclosure  to  his 
formal  letter. 

(4)  The  naval  gunfire  umpire  team  report  will  consist  of  a  memorandum  from  each 
section  within  the  team:  FSCC,  IR  and  IBSAC's  addressed  to  the  officer  in  charge,  naval  gun- 
fire umpire  team.     This  memorandum  will  be  based  on  the  observations  of  the  umpire  and 
where  applicable,  on  those  of  his  assistants.     In  addition,  the  umpire  check  list  for  the  section 
will  be  made  an  enclosure  to  each  memorandum.     The  officer  in  charge  of  the  naval  gunfire 
team  will  make  each  subordinate  report  an  enclosure  to  his  formal  letter. 

m.     Maneuver  Enemy.-    The  maneuver  enemy  report  will  be  compiled  by  the  senior 
maneuver  enemy  commander,  and  will  consist  of  six  (6)  parts.     Part  One  (1)  will  consist  of  a 
report  of  activities  of  the  ground  force  and  should  contain  recommendations  for  improvements 
of  the  manner  in  which  maneuver  enemy  ground  forces  are  employed  in  subsequent  similar 
exercises.     Part  Two  (2)  will  consist  of  the  report  of  the  maneuver  enemy  air  commander, 
and  should  contain  recommendations  for  improvement  of  maneuver  enemy  air  forces  in  subse- 
quent similar  exercises.     The  report  will  be  submitted  as  designated  by  the  Landing  Force 
Umpire -Control  Group.     Part  Three  (3)  will  consist  of  the  activities  of  espionage,  sabotage, 
and  propaganda  by  maneuver  enemy  agents  during  the  planning  and  execution  of  the  exercise. 
Part  Four  (4)  will  consist  of  the  activities  of  the  radio  intercept  and  countermeasures  unit. 
Part  Five  (5)  will  consist  of  the  activities  of  the  prisoner-of-war  section,  including  a  written 
report  of  handling  of  maneuver  enemy  prisoners -of -war.     Part  Six  (6)  will  be  the  report  of 
the  interrogation  team  activities  relating  to  the  information  received  from  Landing  Force 
pr  is  oner  s  -of  -war . 

RESTRICTED  5"2 


RESTRICTED 

n.     Landing  Force  Umpire -Control  Director.-     An  over-all  report  covering  an  entire 
period  or  phase  of  training  will  usually  be  submitted  by  the  Landing  Force  Umpire-Control 
Director  to  the  maneuver  director  or  other  official  in  charge  of  the  over -all  training.      It 
should  include  a  thorough  digest  of  the  reports  of  immediate  subordinate  umpires  and  the  man- 
euver enemy  commander  for  general  study,  and  copies  of  the  aforementioned  reports  should 
be  enclosed  for  more  intensive  study  by  the  units  exercised.     A  copy  of  this  report  should  be 
furnished  to  the  unit  exercised  as  early  as  practicable  following  the  completion   of  the  exer- 
cise. 

503.       Scope  and  Form.-  a.     The  scope  and  form  of  an  umpire  report  is  in  general,  governed 
by  the  following  factors: 

(1)  Umpire  Mission.-     The  primary  mission  of  the  umpire  is  to  assist  in  control- 
ling the  exercise  by  executing  judgment  concerning  the  relative  fire  superiority  and  maneuver- 
ing ability  of  the  unit  concerned  and  by  introducing  constructive  tactical  situations  which  indi- 
cate action  by  the  participating  units.     Since  this  primary  mission  requires  his  constant  ob- 
servation and  attention,  the  form  for  an  umpire  report  should  not  be  of  such  a  nature  as  to 
overburden  the  umpire  with  clerical  work  and  thereby  seriously  interfere  with  his  primary 
mission  of  umpiring. 

(2)  Requirements  of  the  Report.-     Despite  the  factor  described  above,  an  umpire 
report  must  be  sufficiently  complete  and  detailed  as  to  present  an  analysis  of  the  status  of 
training  of  the  unit  concerned,  to  reveal  existing  training  deficiencies,  and  to  serve  as  a  foun- 
dation upon  which  plans  for  subsequent  training  can  be  based. 

(3)  Accordingly,  the  form  for  an  umpire  report  should  be  such  that,  it  will  accom- 
plish its  purpose  but  not  interfere  with  the  umpire's  primary  mission  of  umpiring. 

b.     Requirements  of  an  Umpire  Report.-     An  umpire  report  should  be  prepared  in  the 
form  of  an  official  letter  to  the  addressee.     To  satisfactorily  fulfill  its  requirements,  it 
should  include  the  following  components  in  the  order  indicated: 

(1)  An  introductory  paragraph  stating  the  designation  and  nature  of  the  exercise, 
the  designation  of  the  unit  umpired,  designation  of  the  opposing  unit  (if  any),  and  the  times  and 
dates  the  exercise  officially  began  and  ended. 

(2)  A  chronological  record  of  significant  events  relating  to  the  action  of  the  unit 
during  the  entire  exercise,  with  pertinent  comments  and  recommendations,  as  warranted,  con- 
cerning each  such  event.     This  record  of  events,  with  the  comments  pertinent  to  each,  may  be 
used  by  individuals  and  agencies  desiring  to  make  an  intensive  study  of  the  training  status, 
and  by  small  unit  leaders  and  other  persons  interested  in  only  one  particular  unit  or  one  par- 
ticular phase  of  the  exercise.     Each  recorded  entry  should  include  the   time,  designation  of 
the  participating  unit,  and  where  applicable,  the  action  taken.     In  exercises  where  numbered 
constructive  situations  are  introduced  progressively  by  umpires,  a  notation,  in  parentheses, 
should  be  included  to  indicate  the  numbered  situation  to  which  the  event  pertains,  to  indicate 
that  it  pertains  to  a  situation  introduced  locally  by  the  umpire,  or  to  indicate  that  the  event 
does  not  pertain  to  any  umpire-introduced  situation,  as  the  case  may  be.     If  comment  on  the 
action  taken  by  the  unit  is  warranted,  it  should  be  placed  immediately  following  the  entry. 

(3)  A  paragraph  setting  forth  general  comments  and  recommendations  concerning 
future  training  of  the  unit  reported  upon.     These  general  comments  and  recommendations 
should  be  based  upon  a  study  of  the  comments  and  recommendations  included  in  the  second 
paragraph  of  the  report.     It  should  be  kept  in  mind,  however,  that  they  apply   generally 
throughout  the  unit  and  throughout  the  exercise.     For  example,  one  comment  might  appear  in 
the  second  paragraph  concerning  the  unsatisfactory  performance  of  one  particular  squad  act- 
ing as  the  point  of  an  advance  guard.     This  comment  should  not  be  repeated  in  the  third  para- 
graph, since  it  is  not  generally  applicable  to  the  unit's  performance  throughout  the  exercise 
in  which  many  different  squads,  at  different  times,  acted  as  the  point.     If,  however,  it  was 
consistently  observed  throughout  the  exercise  that  virtually  all  squads  assigned  as  the  point  of 
the  advance  guard  performed  unsatisfactorily,  a  comment  would  be  warranted,  in  the  third 
paragraph,  to  the  effect  that  squad  leaders  throughout  the  unit  need  further  training  in  security 
on  the  march,  point  functions,  and  so  on. 

(4)  A  paragraph  containing  such  further  comments,  explanations,  and  recommenda- 
tions as  are  warranted.     In  this  paragraph  should  appear  such  matters  as  unforeseen  events 

5-3  RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

which  interfered  with  or  facilitated  the  value  of  the  exercise,  recommendations  for  changes 
in  the  umpire  organization  and  technique  for  the  particular  exercises,  and  similar  matters. 

c.     Rules  for  Preparation  of  Reports.-     The  following  fundamentals  should  be  observed 
in  the  preparation  of  umpire  reports: 

(1)  Accuracy.-    It  is  mandatory  that  all  umpire  reports  be  highly  accurate  since 
subsequent  training  curricula  will  be  influenced  thereby. 

(2)  Timeliness.-    Umpire  reports  are  used  as  a  basis  for  critiques  conducted  by 
the  units  reported  upon.     Accordingly,  they  should  be  submitted  as  early  as  practicable  fol- 
lowing the  completion  of  the  exercise  so  that  they  can  be  used  while  the  events  are  still  fresh 
in  the  minds  of  the  persons  concerned.  Timeliness  is  also  advantageous  to  the  umpire  con- 
cerned, in  that  the  events  and  details  of  the  exercise  are  more  fresh  in  his  mind  if  the  report 
is  prepared  soon  after  completion  of  the  exercise. 

(3)  Clarity.-     The  great  majority  of  reports  which  are  incorrect  are  due  to  care- 
lessness in  preparation  rather  than  to  incapability  of  expression.     The  use  of  such,  indefinite 
words  as  "some,"    "few,"  "close  to,"  etc.,  have  widely  different  meanings  when  used  by 
different  persons,  and  are  misleading  and  confusing  when  read  by  the  recipient  of  a  report. 
Particular  care  should  be  exercised  in  describing  locations,  distances,  times  and  directions. 

(4)  Completeness.-    An  umpire  report  should  be  complete  in  that  (a)  it  should  in- 
clude all  observations  and  events  of  a  significant  nature,  and  (b)  it  should  be  complete  with 
respect  to  the  inclusion  of  the  time  the  event  occurred,  location,  and  other  such  data  for  as- 
sisting the  recipient  in  understanding  the  report. 

(5)  Security.-    Umpire  reports  of  amphibious  exercises  will  almost  invariably  con- 
tain matter  which  should  bear  a  security  classification.     The  classification  for  the  majority 

of  routine  umpire  reports  will  normally  be  "RESTRICTED"  but  may  be  higher,  depending  up- 
on the  nature  of  the  maneuver  or  exercise,  and  upon  existing  security  regulations.     It  is  the 
responsibility  of  all  persons  handling  an  umpire  report,  and  particularly  the  originator,  to 
take  adequate  steps  to  prevent  the  contents  of  the  report  from  falling  into  unauthorized  hands. 

504.     Reproduction  and  Distribution.-     Umpire  reports  will  be  reproduced  and  distributed  by 
the  administrative  section  of  the  umpire  unit,  as  directed  by  the  Landing  Force  Umpire -Con- 
trol Director.     An  advance  copy  of  each  umpire  report  should  be  furnished  by  the  umpire  who 
prepared  the  report  to  the  unit  reported  upon.     Clearance  for  furnishing  this  advance  copy 
should,  however,  be  obtained  from  the  Landing  Force  Umpire -Control  Director. 


5-4 

RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 
CHAPTER  6 
PERSONNEL 

601.  General.     Personnel  allowances  for  the  components  of  the  umpire -control  organization 
and  maneuver  enemy  (ground)  are  predicated  on  the  assumption  that  sufficient  personnel  will 
be  assigned  to  provide  the  maximum  training  for  all  individuals  and  units  prior  to  the  begin- 
ning of  the  exercise. 

602.  Allowances.     Actual  allowances  for  personnel  are  given  in  the  tables  of  organization 
which  follow  in  this  Chapter.    Discussion  of  the  needs  for  the  personnel  is  contained  else- 
where in  the  Manual.     No  personnel  allowances  are  given  for  maneuver  enemy  (air)  in  view  of 
the  contemplated  assignment  of  missions  to  air  units,  with  that  unit  responsible  for  the  com- 
pletion of  the  missions  assigned  with  personnel  available  and  required.     If  a  reduction  in  the 
number  of  personnel  available  for  assignment  to  the  umpire -control  organization  is  required, 
an  estimate  of  the  personnel  situation  will  have  to  be  made  by  the  Landing  Force  Umpire  Di- 
rector and  a  decision  reached  as  to  what  phases  of  training  to  emphasize  in  order  to  provide 
the  maximum  training  possible  with  the  umpire -control  organization  assigned. 

603.  Administrative  personnel.     The  personnel  allowances  contained  in  this  Chapter  do  not 
provide  for  any  administrative  personnel  except  for  those  needed  to  conduct  the  problem.  Per- 
sonnel who  may  be  required  for  such  administrative  matters  as  camp  control,  messing,  billet- 
ing, pay  and  administrative  motor  transport  will  have  to  be  determined,  based  on  the  circum- 
stances involved,  and  provided  in  addition  to  those  specified  herein.     Also  applies  to  maneu- 
ver enemy. 

604.  Organization.     The  tables  of  organization  which  follow  indicate  the  organization  of  the 
Umpire  -Control  organization.     The  totals  of  these  tables  represent  the  optimum  number  of 
personnel  necessary  for  the  umpire -control  of  all  units  and  all  echelons  of  a  reinforced  divi- 
sion.    This  total  can  be  lowered,  if  necessary,  by  reducing  the  requirements  for  umpire -con- 
trol of  special  and  service  units,  and  for  units  designated  as  "reserve".     Where  possible, 
these  tables  of  organization  have  been  prepared  within  the  limits  of  normal  RCT  personnel  in 
order  that  such  an  RCT  designated  as  "reserve"  might  be  utilized  as  the  manpower  pool  for 
Umpire  personnel. 


6-1 

RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

1 

Unit 

MOS 

Off 

Enl 

Total 

2 

COMMAND  GROUP 

5 

5 

10 

3 

BRIGGEN  (Ump  Director) 

9903 

(1) 

4 

COL      (Deputy  UmpDir) 

0302 

(1) 

5 

(UmpDir  C/S) 

0302 

(1) 

6 

CAPT     (StaffSecy-PIO) 

0105 

(1) 

7 

(Aide) 

0106 

(1) 

8 

SSGT     (Admin  Clerk) 

0147 

(1) 

9 

CPL      (Clk-typist) 

0143 

(1) 

10 

(RadOp,  ffS-Driver) 

2533 

(1) 

11 

PVT      (Trk-driver) 

3500 

(2) 

12 

G-l  SECTION 

2 

8 

10 

13 

COL      (ACofS,  G-l) 

0170 

(1) 

14 

MAJ      (Asst  G-l,  MGO) 

0107 

(1) 

15 

MSGT     ( Sgt  Major) 

0149 

(1) 

16 

SSGT     (Stenographer) 

0131 

(1) 

17 

SGT      (Clerical  pool) 

0143 

(  1) 

18 

CPL      (File  Clerk  ) 

0141 

(1) 

19 

PVT      (Clerical  pool) 

0100 

(  3) 

20 

( Trk-driver ) 

3500 

(  1) 

21 

G-2  SECTION 

3 

6 

9 

22 

COL      (ACofS,  G-2) 

0230 

(  1) 

23 

MAJ      (Asst  G-2) 

0230 

(1) 

24 

LT       ( Asst  to  G-2) 

0230 

(  1) 

25 

SSGT     (  Intel  NCO) 

0231 

(  1) 

26 

SGT     (Topo  Draftsman) 

1441 

(1) 

27 

CPL      (Clk-typist) 

0143 

(1) 

28 

(RadOp,  tfS-Driver) 

2533 

(1) 

29 

P,VT     (  Intel  man) 

0200 

(1) 

30 

( Trk-driver) 

3500 

(  1) 

31 

G-3  SECTION 

6 

13 

19 

32 

COL      (ACofS,  G-3) 

0306 

(  1) 

33 

LTCOL    (Asst  G-3) 

0306 

(1) 

34 

MAJ      (Spl  Umpires) 

0302 

(3) 

35 

CAPT  -   (Asst  to  G-3) 

0306 

(1) 

36 

MSGT     (InfOpnAsst) 

0371 

(1) 

37 

SSGT     (InfOpnAsst) 

0  371 

(  2) 

38 

CPL      (Clk-typist) 

0143 

(1) 

39 

( Trk-driver) 

3531 

(1) 

40 

PVT     (Clk-typist) 

0100 

(  1) 

41 

( Runner) 

0300 

(  1) 

42 

(RadOp,  US-Driver) 

2500 

(  3) 

43 

( Trk-driver) 

3500 

(  3) 

44 

G-4  SECTION 

2 

4 

6 

45 

COL      (ACofS,  G-4) 

0406 

(1) 

46 

MAJ      (Asst  G-4) 

0406 

(1) 

RESTRICTED  LANDING    FORCE   UMPIRE-CONTROL   DIRECTOR    HEADQUARTERS 

6-2 


RESTRICTED 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

47 

Unit 

MOS 

Off 

Enl 

Total 

48 

COMMAND  GROUP  (Continued) 

49 

G-4  SECTION    (Continued) 

50 

TSGT         (Log  Chf) 

0449 

(  1) 

51 

CPL          (Clk-typist) 

0143 

(  1  ) 

52 

PVT          (RadOp,  HS) 

2500 

(1) 

53 

( Trk-driver ) 

3500 

(  1) 

54 

COMMUNICATION  SECTION 

4 

83 

87 

55 

Section  Headquarters 

1 

2 

3 

56 

LTCOL        (Signal  Officer) 

2502 

(  1) 

57 

MSGT         (Coram  Chief) 

2539 

(  1) 

58 

CPL          (Clk-typist) 

(  1) 

59 

Msg  Center  Section 

1 

14 

15 

60 

LT           (MsgCen  Officer) 

2502 

(  1) 

61 

TSGT         (MsgCen  Chief) 

2549 

(  1) 

62 

SGT          (MsgCen  man) 

2543 

(3) 

63 

(Cryptographer) 

2561 

(3) 

64 

PVT          (MsgCen  man) 

2500 

(6) 

65 

( Trk-driver ) 

3500 

(  1) 

66 

Radio  Section 

1 

43 

44 

67 

CAPT         (Radio  Officer) 

2610 

(1) 

68 

TSGT         (Radio  Chief) 

2539 

(1) 

69 

SGT          (RadOp,  HS ) 

2533 

(4) 

70 

CPL          (RadOp,  HS) 

2533 

(14) 

71 

PVT          (RadOp,  HS) 

2500 

(14) 

72 

(RadOp,  LS) 

2500 

(7) 

73 

( Trk-driver ) 

3500 

(3) 

74 

Wire  Section 

1 

16 

17 

75 

LT          (Wire  Officer) 

26  30 

(  1) 

76 

TSGT         (Wire  Chief) 

2519 

(  1) 

77 

SGT          (Lineman) 

2511 

(  1) 

78 

CPL         (Lineman) 

2511 

(3) 

79 

PVT         (Lineman) 

2500 

(9) 

80 

( Trk-driver) 

3500 

(2) 

81 

Sig  Supply  &  Maint  Section 

0 

8 

8 

82 

MSGT        (Radio  Technician) 

2619 

(1) 

83 

TSGT         (Elec  Sup  Chief) 

3034 

(1) 

84 

SSGT        (Rad  Repairman) 

2611 

(3) 

85 

CPL         (Trk-driver) 

3531 

(1) 

86 

PVT          (Elec  Stockman) 

3000 

(  2) 

87 

88 

TOTAL,  MARINE  CORPS 

22 

119 

141 

89 

90 

91 

92 

LANDING   FORCE   UMPIRE-CONTROL   DIRECTOR    HEADQUARTERS 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


93 

RECAPITULATION  OF  MOS: 

94 

OFFICER 

RANK 

95 

MOS 

BGEN 

COL 

LTCOL 

MAJ 

CAPT 

LT 

TOTAL 

96 

0105 

1 

1 

97 

0106 

1 

1 

98 

0107 

1 

"l 

99 

0170 

1 

1 

100 

0230 

1 

1 

1 

3 

101 

0302 

2 

3 

5 

102 

0306 

1 

1 

1 

3 

103 

0406 

1 

1 

2 

104 

2502 

1 

1 

2 

10  5 

2610 

1 

1 

106 

2630 

1 

1 

107 

9903 

1 

1 

108 

TOTAL 

1 

6 

2 

6 

4 

3 

22 

109 

110 

ENLISTED 

RANK 

111 

MOS 

MSGT 

TSGT 

SSGT 

SGT 

CPL 

PVT 

TOTAL 

112 

0100 

4 

4 

113 

0131 

1 

1 

114 

0141 

1 

1 

115 

0143 

1 

5 

6 

116 

0147 

1 

1 

117 

0149 

1 

1 

118 

0200 

1 

1 

119 

0231 

1 

1 

120 

0300 

1 

1 

121 

0371 

1 

2 

3 

122 

0449 

1 

1 

123 

1441 

1 

1 

124 

2500 

40 

40 

125 

2511 

1 

3 

4 

126 

2519 

1 

1 

127 

2533 

4 

16 

20 

128 

2539 

1 

1 

2 

129 

2543 

3 

3 

130 

2549 

1 

1 

131 

2561 

3 

3 

132 

2611 

3 

3 

133 

2619 

1 

1 

134 

3000 

2 

2 

135 

3034 

1 

1 

136 

3500 

14 

14 

137 

3531 

2 

2 

138 

TOTAL 

4 

5 

8 

13 

27 

62 

119 

RESTRICTED 


LANDING  FORCE  UMPIRE-CONTROL  DIRECTOR  HEADQUARTERS 

6-4 


RESTRICTED 


139 

NOTE:   (1)  The  terms  "LT"  and  "PVT"  used  in  this  table  include 

140 

1st  and  2d  Lt  and  PFC  respectively. 

141 

142 

143 

144 

145 

146 

147 

148 

149 

150 

151 

152 

153 

154 

155 

156 

157 

158 

159 

160 

161 

162 

163 

164 

165 

166 

167 

168 

169 

170 

171 

172 

173 

174 

175 

176 

177 

178 

179 

180 

181 

DESIGNATION:   Landing  Force  Umpire-Control  Director  Headquarters 

182 

183 

LANDING    FORCE   UMPIRE-CONTROL    DIRECTOR   HEADQUARTERS 

6-5  RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

1 

Unit 

MOS 

Off 

Enl 

Total 

2 

GP  HEADQUARTERS 

1 

3 

4 

3 

COL      (OinC) 

0302 

(1) 

4 

SGT      (RadOp,  HS-Driver) 

2533 

(1) 

5 

CPL      (Clk-typist) 

0143 

(1) 

6 

PVT      ( Trk-driver) 

3500 

(1) 

7 

TACTICAL  UMPIRE  CONTROL  TEAM 

11 

17 

28 

8 

Team  Headquarters 

1 

2 

3 

9 

LTCOL    (OinC) 

0302 

(1) 

10 

CPL      (RadOp,  HS) 

2533 

(1) 

11 

(Clk-typist) 

0143 

(1) 

12 

Staff  Umpires 

2 

3 

5 

13 

LTCOL    (G-2  Umpire) 

0230 

(  1) 

14 

(G-3  Umpire) 

0306 

(1) 

15 

CPL      (RadOp,  HS) 

2533 

(  1) 

16 

(RadOp,  HS-Driver) 

2533 

(  1) 

17 

PVT      (Trk-driver) 

3500 

(1) 

18 

Tank  Umpires 

5 

9 

14 

19 

MAJ      ( Tk  Bn  Umpire ) 

1802 

(1) 

20 

CAPT     (Asst  to  Tk  Bn  Ump ) 

1802 

(1) 

21 

LT       ( Tk  Co  Umpires) 

1802 

(3) 

22 

SGT      (RadOp,  HS-Driver) 

2533 

(1) 

23 

CPL      (RadOp,  US-Driver) 

2533 

(  1) 

24 

PVT      (RadOp,  HS-Driver) 

2500 

(3) 

25 

(RadOp,  LS) 

2500 

(4) 

26 

Recon  Umpires 

2 

2 

4 

27 

CAPT     (Recon  Co  Umpire) 

0205 

(1) 

28 

LT       (Asst  to  Recon  Co  Ump) 

0205 

(1) 

29 

PVT      (RadOp,  HS-Driver) 

2500 

(1) 

30 

(RadOp,  HS) 

2500 

(  1) 

31 

Signal  Umpires 

1 

1 

2 

32 

MAJ      ( SigBn  Umpire ) 

2502 

(1) 

33 

CPL      (RadOp,  LS) 

2531 

(  1) 

34 

ADMIN  UMPIRE  CONTROL  TEAM 

25 

31 

56 

35 

Team  Headquarters 

1 

2 

3 

36 

LTCOL    (OinC) 

0302 

(  1) 

37 

CPL      (Clk-typist) 

0143 

(1) 

38 

PVT      (RadOp,  LS) 

2500 

(  1) 

39 

Staff  Umpires 

2 

3 

5 

40 

LTCOL    (G-l  Umpire) 

0170 

(1) 

41 

(G-4  Umpire) 

0406 

(1) 

42 

CPL      (RadOp,  HS) 

2533 

(1) 

43 

PVT      (RasOp,  HS-Driver) 

2500 

(  1) 

44 

( Trk-driver) 

3500 

(1) 

45 

Service  Bn  Umpires 

1 

1 

2 

46 

CAPT     (Ser  Bn  Umpire) 

0405 

(1) 

47 

PVT      (RadOp,  LS) 

2500 

(1) 

RESTRICTED 


DIVISION  UMPIRE-CONTROL  GROUP 
6^6 


RESTRICTED 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

48 

Unit 

MOS 

Off 

Enl 

Total 

49 

ADMIN  UMP  CONTROL  TEAM  (Cont'd) 

50 

Med  8c  Den  Umpires  (NAVY) 

8 

12 

20 

51 

CMDR    (MC)  (DivMedUmp) 

(  1) 

52 

LTCMDR  (DC)  (DivDenUmp) 

(  1) 

53 

LTCMDR  (MC)  (MedBn  Ump ) 

(1) 

54 

LT      (MC)  (RCTMed  Ump) 

(3) 

55 

LT      (MC)  (SP  Med  Ump) 

(  1) 

56 

LT     (MSC)  (Asst  to  DivMedUmp) 

(  1) 

57 

HMC          (Asst  to  DivMedUmp) 

(1) 

58 

DMC          (Asst  to  DivDenUmp) 

(1) 

59 

HM1          (Asst  to  MedBnUmp) 

(  1) 

60 

(Asst  to  RCTMedUmp) 

(6) 

61 

(Asst  to  SPMedUmp) 

(2) 

62 

PVT         (Trk-driver) 

3500 

(  1) 

63 

Engr  Umpires 

3 

3 

6 

64 

CAPT         (Engr  Bn  Ump) 

120  2 

(  1  ) 

65 

LT           (Engr  Co  Ump) 

1202 

(2) 

66 

CPL          (RadOp,  LS) 

2531 

(  1) 

67 

PVT          (RadOp,  LS-Driver) 

2500 

(2) 

68 

MT  Umpires 

2 

2 

4 

69 

CAPT         (MT  Bn  Ump) 

3520 

(  1) 

70 

LT           (Asst  MT  Bn  Ump) 

3520 

(1) 

71 

PVT          (RadOp,  LS) 

2500 

(2) 

72 

SP  Umpires 

3 

3 

6 

73 

MAJ          (SP  Bn  Ump) 

0410 

(  1) 

74 

CAPT         (SP  Co  Ump) 

0410 

(2) 

75 

CPL          (RadOp,  LS) 

2531 

(1) 

76 

PVT          (RadOp,  LS-Driver) 

2500 

(2) 

77 

Ordnance  Umpires 

2 

2 

4 

78 

CAPT         (Ord  Bn  Ump) 

0407 

(1) 

79 

LT           (Asst  Ord  Bn  Ump) 

0407 

(  1) 

80 

PVT          (RadOp,  LS) 

2500 

(  2) 

81 

TACLOG  Umpires 

3 

3 

6 

82 

LTCOL        (TACLOG  Ump) 

0302 

(  1) 

83 

MAJ          (Asst  TACLOG  Ump) 

0406 

(2) 

84 

CPL          (RadOp,  LS) 

2531 

(  1) 

85 

PVT          (RadOp,  LS) 

2500 

(2) 

86 

87 

TOTAL  MARINE  CORPS 

29 

40 

69 

88 

89 

TOTAL  NAVY 

8 

11 

19 

90 

91 

AGGREGATE 

37 

51 

88 

92 

93 

DIVISION  UMPIRE-CONTROL  GROUP 
6-7 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


94 

RECAPITULATION  OF  MOS: 

95 

OFFICER 

RANK 

96 

MOS 

COL 

LTCOL 

MAJ 

CAPT 

LT 

WO 

TOTAL 

97 

0170 

1 

1 

98 

0205 

1 

1 

2 

99 

0230 

1 

1 

100 

0  30  2 

1 

3 

4 

101 

0306 

1 

1 

102 

0405 

1 

1 

103 

0406 

1 

2 

3 

104 

0407 

1 

1 

2 

105 

0410 

1 

2 

3 

106 

1202 

1 

2 

3 

107 

1802 

1 

1 

3 

5 

108 

2502 

1 

1 

109 

3520 

1 

1 

2 

110 

TOTAL 

1 

7 

5 

8 

8 

0 

29 

111 

112 

ENLISTED 

RANK 

113 

MOS 

MSGT 

TSGT 

SSGT 

SGT 

CPL 

PVT 

TOTAL 

114 

0143 

3 

3 

115 

2500 

22 

22 

116 

2531 

4 

4 

117 

2533 

2 

5 

7 

118 

3500 

4 

4 

119 

TOTAL 

2 

12 

26 

40 

120 

121 

NOTE:   (1)   The  terms  "LT"  and  "PVT"  used  in  this  table  include 

122 

1st  and  2d  Lt  and  PFC  respectively. 

123 

124 

125 

126 

127 

128 

129 

130 

131 

132 

133 

134 

135 

136 

137 

DESIGNATION:   Division  Umpire-  Control  Group 

138 

RESTRICTED 


DIVISION  UMPIRE- CONTROL  GROUP 
6-8 


RESTRICTED 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

1 

Unit 

MOS 

Off 

Enl 

Total 

2 

GP    HEADQUARTERS 

2 

6 

8 

3 

LTCOL    (OinC) 

0302 

(1) 

4 

MAJ         (Asst    OinC;    Staff    Ump ) 

0302 

(  1) 

5 

CPL         (RadOp,    HS-Driver) 

2533 

(2) 

6 

( Trk-driver ) 

3531 

(  1) 

7 

PVT         (RadOp,    LS) 

2500 

(3) 

8 

SPECIAL    SITUATION    TEAM 

0 

5 

5 

9 

SGT         (NCOinC) 

0371 

(  1) 

10 

PVT         ( Umpire    Asst  ) 

0300 

(3) 

11 

(RadOp,    HS) 

2500 

(  1) 

12 

ANTI-TANK    CO    TEAM 

1 

6 

7 

13 

LT           ( AT    Co    Ump) 

0302 

(1) 

14 

SSGT      (Tank    Plat    Ump) 

1814 

(  1) 

15 

(75mm  Rec   Gun   Ump) 

0346 

(  1) 

16 

PVT        (RadOp,    LS) 

2500 

(4) 

17 

4.2"    MORTAR    CO    TEAM 

1 

1 

2 

18 

LT           (4.2"    Mort    Co    Ump) 

0302 

(  1) 

19 

PVT         (RadOp,    LS) 

2500 

(1) 

20 

3-BLT    UMPIRE-CONTROL    TEAMS    (each) 

6 

64 

70 

21 

BLT    Umpire    Hq 

2 

7 

9 

22 

MAJ         (OinC) 

0302 

(  1) 

23 

CAPT       (Asst    OinC;    Staff   Ump) 

0302 

(  1) 

24 

CPL         (RadOp,    HS) 

2533 

(  1) 

25 

( Trk-driver ) 

3531 

(  1) 

26 

PVT         (RadOp,    HS) 

2500 

(  1) 

27 

(RadOp,    LS) 

2500 

(3) 

28 

( Trk-driver) 

3500 

(1) 

29 

SPECIAL    SITUATION    TEAM 

0 

5 

5 

30 

SGT         (NCOinC) 

0371 

(  1) 

31 

PVT         ( Umpire    Asst ) 

0300 

(3) 

32 

(RadOp,    HS) 

2500 

(  1) 

33 

FIRE   MARKING    TEAM 

0 

3 

3 

34 

SSGT      (NCOinC) 

0848 

(1) 

35 

PVT         (RadOp,    LS) 

2500 

(1) 

36 

( Trk-driver) 

?500 

(  1) 

37 

WPNS    CO    UMPIRE    TEAM 

1 

4 

5 

38 

LT            (Wpns    Co    Ump) 

0302 

(1) 

39 

SSGT       (MG    Plat    Ump) 

0335 

(1) 

40 

(81mm   Mort    Plat    Ump) 

0336 

(  1) 

41 

(AT    Aslt    Plat    Ump) 

0337 

(  1) 

42 

PVT         (RadOp,    LS) 

2500 

(1) 

43 

3-RIFLE    CO    UMP    TEAMS         (each) 

1 

15 

16 

44 

LT           (Rifle    Co    Ump) 

0302 

(  1) 

45 

SSGT       ( Asst    Co    Ump) 

0316 

(1) 

46 

(  60mm   Mort    8c    LMG 

47 

Plat    Um'p) 

Q33& 

(1) 

RCT  UMPIRE-CONTROL  GROUP 
5-9 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

48 

Unit 

MOS 

Off 

Enl 

Total 

49 

3-BLT  UMPIRE-CONTROL  TEAMS  (each)  (Continued) 

50 

3-Rifle  Co  Ump  Teams       (each)  (Continued) 

51 

SSGT   (Rifle  Plat  Ump) 

0316 

(  3) 

52 

SGT    (Rifle  Squad  Ump) 

0311 

(9) 

53 

PVT    (RadOp,  LS) 

2500 

(1) 

54 

55 

TOTAL  RCT  UMP  CONTROL  GRP 

22 

210 

232 

56 

57 

RECAPITULATION  OF  MOS: 

58 

OFFICER 

RANK 

59 

MOS 

COL 

LTCOL 

MAJ 

CAPT 

LT 

WO 

TOTAL 

60 

0302 

1 

4 

3 

14 

22 

61 

TOTAL 

1 

4 

3 

14 

22 

62 

63 

ENLISTED 

RANK 

64 

MOS 

MSGT 

TSGT 

SSGT 

SGT 

CPL 

PVT 

TOTAL 

65 

0300 

12 

12 

66 

0311 

81 

81 

67 

0316 

36 

36 

68 

0335 

12 

12 

69 

0336 

3 

3 

70 

0337 

3 

3 

71 

0346 

1 

1 

72 

0371 

4 

4 

73 

0848 

3 

3 

74 

1814 

1 

1 

75 

2500 

40 

40 

76 

2533 

4 

4 

77 

3500 

6 

6 

78 

3531 

4 

4 

79 

TOTAL 

59 

85 

8 

58 

210 

80 

81 

NOTE:   (1)   The  terms  "LT"  and  "PVT"  used  in  this  table  include 

82 

1st  and  2d  Lt  and  PFC  respectively. 

83 

84 

85 

86 

87 

88 

89 

90 

91 

92 

DESIGNATION:   RCT  Umpire-Control  Group 

93 

RESTRICTED 


RCT  UMPIRE  CONTROL  GROUP 
6-10 


RESTRICTED 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

1 

Unit 

MOS 

Off 

Enl 

Total  ..  , 

2 

GP  HEADQUARTERS 

1 

2 

3 

3 

LTCOL     (OinC) 

0802 

(  1  ) 

4 

MSGT      (Asst  to  OinC) 

0848 

(  1) 

5 

CPL       (Clk-typist) 

0143 

(  1  ) 

6 

AIR  UMPIRE  TEAM 

21 

25 

46 

7 

Air  Control  Section 

2 

5 

7 

8 

LTCOL  (NA)  (OinC) 

7302 

(  1) 

9 

CAPT   (NA)  (Asst  to  OinC) 

7303 

(1) 

10 

MSGT      (AvnOpnsClk) 

7041 

(1) 

11 

SGT       (RadOp,  HS) 

2533 

(  1) 

12 

PVT       (RadOp,  HS) 

2500 

(  1) 

13 

( Trk-driver ) 

3500 

(2) 

14 

3-Airfield  Ump  Sections  (each) 

2 

3 

5 

15 

CAPT   (NA)  (OinC) 

7302 

(  1) 

16 

LT     (NA)  (Asst  to  OinC) 

7303 

(  1) 

17 

CPL       (RadOp,  HS) 

2533 

(1) 

18 

PVT       (RadOp,  HS) 

2500 

(  1) 

19 

( Trk-driver ) 

3500 

(  1) 

20 

Friendly  TACRON  Ump  Section 

2 

2 

4 

21 

CAPT   (NA)  (OinC) 

7302 

(  1) 

22 

LT     (NA)  (Asst  to  OinC) 

7303 

(  1) 

23 

CPL       (RadOp,  HS) 

2533 

(1! 

24 

PVT       (RadOp,  HS-Driver) 

2500 

(  1) 

25 

4-Flying  Ump  Sections  (each) 

2 

0 

2 

26 

CAPT   (NA)  (OinC) 

7302 

(  1) 

27 

LT     (NA)  (Asst  to  OinC) 

7303 

(1) 

28 

3-AAA  Ump  Sections  (each) 

1 

3 

4 

29 

CAPT      (OinC) 

0705 

(  1) 

30 

CPL       (RadOp,  HS) 

2533 

(  1) 

31 

PVT       (RadOp,  HS) 

2500 

(1) 

32 

( Trk-driver ) 

3500 

(  1) 

33 

FIELD  ARTILLERY  UMPIRE  TEAM 

12 

57 

69 

34 

Artillery  Control  Section 

2 

5 

7 

35 

LTCOL     (OinC) 

080  2 

(1) 

36 

CAPT      (Asst  to  OinC) 

0802 

(1) 

37 

TSGT      (FA  Opns  Asst ) 

0848 

(  1) 

38 

SGT       (RadOp,  HS) 

2533 

(  1) 

39 

CPL       (Clk-typist) 

0143 

(  1) 

40 

PVT       (RadOp,  LS) 

2500 

(1) 

41 

( Trk-driver ) 

3500 

(  1) 

42 

Artillery  Regt  Ump  Section 

2 

4 

6 

43 

MAJ       (OinC) 

0802 

(  1) 

44 

CAPT      (FDC  Ump) 

0802 

(  1) 

45 

SSGT      (Asst  to  FDC  Ump) 

0848 

(1) 

46 

CPL       (RadOp,  LS-Driver) 

2531 

(  1) 

SUPPORTING  ARMS  UMPIRE-CONTROL  GROUP 
6-U 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

47 

Unit 

MOS 

Off 

Enl 

Total 

48 

FIELD  ARTILLERY  UMPIRE  TEAM  (Continued) 

49 

Artillery  Regt  Ump  Section  (Continued) 

50 

PVT      (RadOp,  LS-Driver) 

2500 

(1) 

51 

( Trk-driver ) 

3500 

(1) 

52 

4-Arty  Bn  Ump  Sections  (each) 

2 

3 

5 

53 

CAPT      (Bn  Umpire) 

0802 

i.  1) 

54 

LT       (FDC  Umpire) 

0802 

(1) 

55 

SSGT      (Asst  to  FDC  Ump) 

0848 

(1) 

56 

CPL       (RadOp,  LS-Driver) 

25  31 

(  1) 

57 

PVT       (RadOp,  LS-Driver) 

2500 

(1) 

58 

4-Fire  Marking  Sections  (each) 

0 

3 

3 

59 

SSGT      (NCOinC) 

0816 

(1) 

60 

PVT       (RadOp,  LS) 

2500 

(  1) 

61 

( Trk-driver ) 

3500 

(1) 

62 

12-Arty  Radio  sub-sections  (each) 

0 

2 

2 

63 

PVT       (RadOp,  LS) 

2500 

(1) 

64 

(RadOp,  LS-Driver) 

2500 

(  1) 

65 

NGF  UMPIRE  TEAM 

16 

59 

75 

66 

NGF  Control  Section 

1 

6 

7 

67 

LTCOL     (OinC) 

0840 

(1) 

68 

MSGT      (Asst  to  OinC) 

0849 

(  1) 

69 

SGT       (RadOp,  HS) 

2533 

(  1) 

70 

PVT       (Clk-typist) 

0100 

(  1) 

71 

(RadOp,  LS-Driver) 

2500 

(  1) 

72 

( Trk-driver ) 

3500 

(2) 

73 

FSCC  Umpire  Section 

3 

5 

8 

74 

MAJ       (OinC) 

0840 

(  1) 

75 

MAJ   (NA)  (Asst  to  OinC) 

7302 

i  1) 

76 

CAPT      (Asst  to  OinC) 

0840 

(  1) 

77 

SSGT      (SFCP  Chf) 

0849 

(  1) 

78 

SGT       (RadOp,  HS) 

2533 

(1) 

79 

CPL       (RadOp,  LS) 

2531 

(1) 

80 

PVT       (RadOp,  LS) 

2500 

(  1) 

81 

( Trk-driver) 

3500 

(  1) 

82 

12-NGF  sub-sections  IRSAC 

1 

4 

5 

83 

IBSAC     (each) 

84 

CAPT      (OinC) 

0840 

(1) 

85 

SGT       (Asst  to  OinC) 

0844 

(1) 

86 

CPL       (RadOp,  HS) 

2533 

(  1) 

87 

PVT       (RadOp,  LS-Driver) 

2500 

(1) 

88 

(RadOp,  LS) 

2500 

(  1) 

89 

90 

TOTAL  GROUP,  MARINE  CORPS 

50 

143 

193 

91 

92 

RESTRICTED 


SUPPORTING    ARMS    UMP, 


L-CONTROL    GROUP 


RESTRICTED 


93 

RECAPITULATION  OF  MOS: 

94 

OFFICER 

RANK 

95 

MOS 

LTCOL 

MAJ 

CAPT 

LT 

TOTAL 

96 

0705 

3 

3 

97 

0802 

2 

1 

6 

4 

13 

98 

0840 

1 

1 

13 

15 

99 

7302 

1 

1 

8 

10 

100 

7303 

1 

8 

9 

101 

TOTAL 

4 

3 

31 

12 

50 

102 

103 

ENLISTED 

RANK 

104 

MOS 

MSGT 

TSGT 

SSGT 

SGT 

CPL 

PVT 

TOTAL 

105 

0100 

1 

1 

106 

0143 

2 

2 

107 

0816 

4 

4 

108 

0844 

12 

12 

109 

0848 

1 

1 

5 

7 

110 

0849 

1 

1 

2 

111 

2500 

68 

68 

112 

2531 

6 

6 

113 

2533 

4 

19 

23 

114 

3500 

17 

17 

115 

70-41 

1 

1 

116 

TOTAL 

3 

1 

10 

16 

27 

86 

144 

117 

118 

NOTE:   (1)   The  terms  "LT"  and  "PVT"  used  in  this  table 

119 

include  1st  and  2d  Lt  and  PEC  respectively. 

120 

121 

122 

123 

124 

125 

126 

127 

128 

129 

130 

131 

132 

133 

134 

135 

136 

DESIGNATION:   Supporting  Arms  Umpire-Control  Group 

137 

SUPPORTING  ARMS  UMPIRE -CONTROL  GROUP 
6-13 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


1 

2 

3 

, 

. 

1 

Unit 

MOS 

Off 

Enl 

Total 

2 

REGIMENTAL  HEADQUARTERS 

8 

16 

24 

3 

Headquarters  Section 

3 

6 

9 

4 

LTCOL    (RegtComdr ) 

0302 

(Dp 

5 

MAJ      (ExecO) 

0302 

(Dp 

6 

CAPT     (S-l,  Adj) 

0170 

lllc 

7 

MSGT     (SgtMaj) 

0319 

(Dc 

8 

SSGT     (AdminClk) 

0147 

(Dc 

9 

CPL      (Clk-Typist) 

0143 

(  1) 

10 

— ( Trk  Driver) 

3531 

(1) 

11 

PVT      (Clk-Typist) 

0100 

(1) 

12 

—  (Trk  Driver) 

3500 

(1) 

13 

Intelligence  Section 

2 

4 

6 

14 

MAJ      (S-2) 

0230 

(Dp 

15 

CAPT     (Asst  S-2) 

0230 

(  Dc 

16 

SSGT     (Intel  Chf) 

0231 

(  Dc 

17 

CPL      (Topo  Dftman 

1441 

(  1) 

18 

PVT      (Clk-Typist) 

0100 

(1) 

19 

— ( Trk  Driver ) 

3500 

(1) 

20 

Operations  Section 

2 

4 

6 

21 

MAJ      (S-3) 

0306 

(Dp 

22 

CAPT     (Asst  S-3) 

0306 

(Dc 

23 

SSGT     ( InfOpnsAsst  ) 

0371 

(  Dc 

24 

CPL      (Clk-Typist) 

0143 

(1) 

25 

PVT     (Rifleman) 

0300 

(1) 

26 

— ( Trk  Driver) 

3500 

(1) 

27 

Logistics  Section 

1 

2 

3 

28 

CAPT     (S-4) 

0406 

(Dc 

29 

CPL      (Log  Clk) 

0441 

(  1) 

30 

PVT      (Trk  Driver) 

3500 

(  1) 

31 

COMMUNICATIONS  PLATOON 

4 

163 

167 

32 

Platoon  Headquarters 

2 

2 

4 

33 

MAJ      (CommO) 

2502 

(  Dp 

34 

LT       (AsstCommO) 

2502 

(  Dc 

35 

MSGT     (OpnlCommChf ) 

2529 

(Dc 

36 

PVT      (Clk-Typist, 

0100 

(1) 

37 

Driver ) 

38 

Message  Center  Section 

0 

6 

6 

39 

TSGT     (MsgCenChf) 

2549 

(Dc 

40 

CPL      (MsgCenClk) 

2543 

(1) 

41 

PVT      (Msgr) 

2500 

(4) 

RESTRICTED 


HEADQUARTERS  &  SERVICE  COMPANY,  PROVISIONAL  INFANTRY 
REGIMENT,  MANEUVER  ENEMY 
6-14 


RESTRICTED 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

42 

Unit 

MOS 

Off 

Enl 

Total 

43 

Radio  Section 

0 

104 

104 

44 

MSGT      (Rad  Chf) 

2539 

(  l)c 

45 

TSGT      (Rad  Chf) 

2539 

(  1  )c 

46 

-(Rad  Tech) 

2619 

(  l)c 

47 

SSGT      (ChfRadOp) 

2534 

(  2)c 

48 

SGT       (RadOp,  LSI 

2531 

(2)p 

49 

-(RadOp,  HS) 

2533 

(l)c 

50 

—  (RadRepman  ) 

2611 

(Dp 

51 

CPL       (RadOp,  LS) 

2531 

(8)p 

5?, 

-(RadOp,  HS) 

2533 

(2)c 

53 

—(RadRepman ) 

2611 

(3) 

54 

PVT       (RadOp,  LS) 

2500 

(82)p 

55 

Radio  Countermeasures 

1 

12 

13 

56 

Section 

57 

CAPT      (RadCounter- 

2610 

(  l)c 

58 

measuresO ) 

59 

MSGT      (RadChf) 

2539 

(  1  )c 

60 

SSGT      (RadlntelOp) 

2536 

(  1  )c 

61 

SGT       (RadlntelOp) 

2536 

( 1 ) 

6? 

CPL       (RadlntelOp) 

2536 

(3) 

63 

PVT       (RadlntelOp) 

2500 

(6) 

64 

Wire  Section 

1 

39 

40 

65 

LT        (Wire  0) 

2630 

(l)c 

66 

TSGT      (Wire  Chf) 

2519 

(l)c 

67 

SGT       (Wireman) 

2511 

(  l)c 

68 

CPL       (Wireman) 

2511 

(lie 

69 

PVT       (Wireman) 

2500 

(36)c 

70 

SERVICE  PLATOON 

1 

38 

39 

71 

Platoon  Headquarters 

1 

3 

4 

72 

LT        (Supply  0 ) 

3010 

(  l)c 

73 

TSGT      (Supply  Chf) 

3014 

(  l)c 

74 

CPL       (Unit  SupClk) 

3013 

(1) 

75 

PVT       ( Trk  Driver) 

3500 

(  1) 

76 

Service  &  Supply  Section 

0 

20 

20 

77 

SSGT      (Unit  SupClk) 

3013 

(  l)c 

78 

SGT       (Auto  Mech) 

3516 

(  1) 

79 

CPL       (Carpenter) 

1372 

(  1) 

80 

—  ( Ammo  Asst ) 

2311 

(  1) 

81 

-  (Unit  SupClk) 

3013 

(1) 

82 

-  ( Auto  Mech  ) 

3516 

(1) 

HEADQUARTERS  &  SERVICE  COMPANY,  PROVISIONAL  INFANTRY 
REGIMENT,  MANEUVER  ENEMY 
6-15 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

83 

Unit 

MOS 

Off 

Enl 

Total 

84 

Service  &  Supply  Section  (Continued) 

85 

PVT      ( Ammo  Asst ) 

2300 

(  1) 

86 

(Unit  Stkman) 

3000 

(6) 

87 

( Carpenter ) 

1300 

(2) 

88 

( AutoServMan ) 

3500 

(3') 

89 

( Trk-driver ) 

3500 

(2) 

90 

Mess  Section 

0 

15 

15 

91 

MSGT     (MessMgmtChf ) 

3379 

(  l)c 

92 

SSGT     ( AsstMessMgmt 

3371 

(  l)c 

93 

Chf ) 

94 

CPL      (Cook) 

3371 

(2) 

95 

PVT      (Cook) 

3300 

(  11) 

96 

MEDICAL  PLATOON 

1 

11 

12 

97 

LT  (.iff)  (MC)  (RefftMedO) 

( 1) 

98 

HMC 

(1) 

99 

HM1 

(1) 

100 

HM2 

(2) 

101 

HM3 

(5) 

102 

PVT      (Ambulance 

3500 

(2) 

103 

Driver  ) 

104 

105 

TOTAL  COMPANY,  MARINE  CORPS 

13 

219 

232 

106 

107 

TOTAL  COMPANY,  NAVY 

1 

9a 

10 

108 

109 

AGGREGATE 

14 

228 

242 

110 

111 

Carbine,  cal  .30  M2 

8 

59 

67 

112 

Pistol,  Auto,  cal  .45 

5 

93 

98 

113 

M1911A1 

114 

Rifle,  U. S.  cal  . 30  Ml 

0 

67 

67 

115 

116 

a  All  Navy  Job  Code  90100 

117 

c  Armed  with  carbine 

118 

p  Armed  with  pistol 

119 

120 

RECAPITULATION  OF  MOS: 

121 

OFFICER 

RANK 

122 

MOS 

LTCOL 

MAJ 

CAPT 

LT 

TOTAL 

123 

0170 

1 

'1 

124 

0230 

1 

1 

2 

125 

0302 

1 

1 

2 

126 

0306 

1 

1 

2 

127 

0406 

1 

1 

128 

2502 

1 

1 

2 

129 

2610 

1 

1 

130 

2630 

1 

1 

131 

3010 

1 

1 

132 

TOTAL 

1 

4 

5 

3 

13 

HEADQUARTERS  &  SERVICE  COMPANY,  PROVISIONAL  INFANTRY  REGIMENT,  MANEUVER  ENEMY 
RESTRICTED  6-16 


RESTRICTED 


133 

RECAPITULATION  OF  MOS:  (Continued) 

134 

ENLISTED 

RANK 

135 

MOS 

MSGT 

TSGT 

SSGT 

SGT 

CPL 

PVT 

TOTAL 

13  6 

0100 

3 

3 

137 

0143 

2 

2 

138 

0147 

1 

1 

139 

0231 

1 

1 

140 

0300 

1 

1 

141 

0319 

1 

1 

142 

0371 

1 

1 

143 

0441 

1 

1 

144 

1300 

2 

2 

145 

1372 

1 

1 

146 

1441 

1 

1 

147 

2300 

1 

1 

148 

2311 

1 

1 

149 

2500 

128 

128 

150 

2511 

1 

1 

2 

151 

2519 

1 

1 

152 

2529 

1 

1 

153 

2531 

2 

8 

10 

154 

2533 

1 

2 

3 

155 

2534 

2 

2 

156 

2536 

1 

1 

3 

5 

157 

2539 

2 

1 

3 

158 

2543 

1 

1 

159 

2549 

1 

1 

160 

2611 

1 

3 

4 

161 

2619 

1 

1 

162 

3000 

6 

6 

163 

3013 

1 

2 

3 

164 

3014 

1 

1 

165 

3  300 

11 

11 

166 

3371 

1 

2 

3 

167 

3379 

1 

1 

168 

3500 

12 

12 

169 

3516 

1 

1 

2 

170 

3531 

1 

1 

171 

TOTAL 

5 

5 

8 

7 

30 

164 

219 

172 

173 

NOTE:    (1)  The  terms  "LT"  and"PVT"  used  in  this  table  include 

174 

2d  and  1st  Lt  and  PFC  respectively. 

175 

176 

DESIGNATION:   H&S  Co.   ProvInfRegt,  Maneuver  Enemy 

177 

HEADQUARTERS   8c    SERVICE    COMPANY,    PROVISIONAL    INFANTRY   REGIMENT,    MANEUVER    ENEMY 

6  -17  RESTRICTED' 


RESTRICTED 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

1 

Unit 

MOS 

Off 

Enl 

Total 

2 

HEADQUARTERS  COMPANY 

2 

5 

7 

3 

Battalion  Headquarters 

2 

5 

7 

4 

CAPT     (Bn  Comdr) 

1802 

(  Dp 

5 

LT       (ExecO) 

1802 

(Dp 

6 

MSGT     (SgtMaj) 

1819 

(  Dc 

7 

SGT      (Recon  &  Ln) 

1811 

(  Dc 

8 

PVT      (RadOp,  LS-Driver) 

2500 

1 

(2) 

9 

( Trk-driver ) 

3500 

(1) 

10 

RECOVERY  &  MAINTENANCE  PLATOON 

1 

3 

4 

11 

LT       (Plat  Comdr) 

1840 

(  Dc 

12 

TSGT     (Tk  Maint  Chf) 

1841 

(  Dc 

13 

PVT      ( Tk  Mech) 

1800 

(1) 

14 

( Trk-driver ) 

3500 

(  1) 

15 

4-TANK  COMPANIES  (each) 

1 

17 

18 

16 

Company  Headquarters 

1 

1 

2 

17 

LT       (Co  Comdr) 

1802 

(  Dp 

18 

TSGT     ( Tk  Ldr) 

1814 

(  Dc 

19 

4-Tank  Platoons  (each) 

0 

4 

4 

20 

SSGT     (Tk  Ldr) 

1814 

(  Dp 

21 

CPL      ( Tk  Crewman) 

1811 

(Dp 

22 

PVT      <  Tk  Crewman ) 

1800 

(2)p 

23 

24 

TOTAL  COMPANY 

7 

76 

83 

25 

26 

Carbine,  cal  . 30  M2 

1 

7 

8 

27 

Pistol,  Auto  cal  .45  M1911A1 

6 

64 

70 

28 

Rifle,  U.S.  cal  .30  Ml 

0 

5 

5 

29 

30 

c  Armed  with  carbine 

31 

p  Armed  with  pistol 

32 

33 

RECAPITULATION  OF 

MOS: 

34 

OFFICER 

RANK 

35 

MOS 

CAPT 

LT 

TOTAL 

36 

1802 

1 

5 

6 

37 

1840 

1 

1 

38 

TOTAL 

1 

6 

7 

39 

40 

41 

42 

43 

44 

45 

46 

TANK  BATTALION,  PROVISIONAL  INFANTRY  REGIMENT,  MANEUVER  ENEMY 


RESTRICTED 


6-18 


RESTRICTED 


47 

RECAPITULATION  OF  MOS:  (Continued) 

48 

ENLISTED 

RANK 

49 

MOS 

MSGT 

TSGT 

SSGT 

SGT 

CPL 

PVT 

TOTAL 

50 

1800 

33 

33 

51 

1811 

1 

16 

17 

52 

1814 

4 

16 

20 

53 

1819 

1 

1 

54 

1841 

1 

1 

55 

2500 

2 

2 

56 

3500 

2 

2 

57 

TOTAL 

1 

5 

16 

1 

16 

37 

76 

58 

59 

NOTE:   (1)   The  terms  "LT"  and  "PVT"  used  in  this  table  include 

60 

1st  and  2d  Lt  and  PFC  respectively. 

61 

62 

63 

64 

65 

66 

67 

68 

69 

70 

71 

72 

73 

74 

75 

76 

77 

78 

79 

80 

81 

82 

83 

84 

85 

86 

87 

88 

89 

90 

DESIGNATION:   Tank  Bn.  Prov  Inf  Regt.  Maneuver  Enemy 

91 

TANK  BATTALION,  PROVISIONAL  INFANTRY  REGIMENT,  MANEUVER  ENEMY 

6  -19  RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

1 

Unit 

MOS 

Off 

Enl 

Total 

2 

COMPANY  HEADQUARTERS 

1 

4 

5 

3 

CAPT     (Co  Comdr) 

1202 

(l)c 

4 

MSGT     (IstSgt) 

1369 

(  l)c 

5 

SGT     (Carpenter) 

1372 

(1) 

6 

CPL      ( StaConstEquipOp ) 

1366 

(1) 

7 

PVT      ( Trk-driver) 

3500 

(  1) 

8 

2  ANTI-TANK  PLATOONS  (each) 

1 

16 

17 

9 

Platoon  Headquarters 

1 

0 

1 

10 

LT       (Plat  Comdr) 

1202 

(  l)c 

11 

4  Anti-Tank  Sections  (each) 

0 

4 

4 

12 

CPL      (Carpenter) 

1372 

(  1) 

13 

PVT      (Rigger) 

1300 

(  1) 

14 

( Carpenter ) 

1300 

(2) 

15 

16 

TOTAL  COMPANY 

3 

36 

39 

17 

18 

Carbine,  cal  .30  M2 

3 

1 

•4 

19 

Rifle,  U.S.  cal  .30  Ml 

0 

35 

35 

20 

21 

c  Armed  with  carbine 

22 

23 

RECAPITULATION  OF  MOS: 

24 

OFFICER 

RANK 

25 

MOS 

CAPT 

LT 

TOTAL 

26 

1202 

1 

2 

3 

27 

TOTAL 

1 

2 

3 

28 

29 

ENLISTED 

RANK 

30 

MOS 

MSGT 

TSGT 

SSGT 

SGT 

CPL 

PVT 

TOTAL 

31 

1300 

24 

24 

32 

1366 

1 

1 

33 

1369 

1 

1 

34 

1372 

1 

8 

9 

35 

3500 

1 

1 

36 

TOTAL 

1 

1 

9 

.25 

36 

37 

38 

NOTE:   (1)   The  terms  "LT"  and  "PVT"  used  in  this  tab 

le  include 

39 

2d  and  1st  Lt  and  PFC  respectively. 

40 

41 

42 

43 

44 

45 

DESIGNATION:   Anti-Tk  Co,  ProvInfRegt,  Maneuver  Enemy 

46 

ANTI-TANK    COMPANY,    PROVISIONAL    INFANTRY   REGIMENT,    MANEUVER    ENEMY 
RESTRICTED  6-20 


RESTRICTED 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

1 

Unit 

MOS 

Off 

Enl 

Total 

2 

HEADQUARTERS  &  SERVICE  COMPANY 

2 

6 

8 

3 

Battalion  Headquarters 

2 

6 

8 

4 

MAJ    (Bn  Comdr) 

0302 

(  Dp 

5 

CAPT   (ExecO) 

0302 

(  lie 

6 

MSGT   (SgtMaj) 

0319 

(  l)c 

7 

PVT    (RadOp,  LS-Driver) 

2500 

(  1) 

8 

(RadOp,  LS) 

2500 

(  1) 

9 

( Trk-driver ) 

3500 

(3) 

10 

2-RIFLE  COMPANIES  (each) 

6 

69 

75 

11 

Company  Headquarters 

2 

4 

6 

12 

CAPT   (Co  Comdr) 

0302 

(l)c 

13. 

LT     (ExecO) 

0302 

(  l)c 

14 

TSGT   (IstSgt) 

0316 

(lie 

15 

PVT    (RadOp,  LS) 

2500 

(2) 

16 

(Trk-driver ) 

3500 

(  1) 

17 

Machine  Gun  Platoon 

1 

14 

15 

18 

LT     (Plat  Comdr) 

0302 

(  l)c 

19 

SSGT   (Plat  Sgt) 

0335 

(  l)c 

20 

PVT    (RadOp,  LS) 

2500 

(  1) 

21 

3-Machine  Gun  Sections  (each) 

0 

4 

4 

22 

SGT    (Section  Ldr) 

0335 

(  l)c 

23 

CPL    (Mach  Gnr) 

0331 

(Dp 

24 

PVT    ( Asst  Mach  Gnr) 

0300 

(2)p 

25 

3-Rifle  Platoons  (each) 

1 

14 

15 

26 

Platoon  Headquarters 

1 

2 

3 

27 

LT     (Plat  Comdr) 

0302 

(  l)c 

28 

SSGT   (Plat  Sgt) 

0316 

(  Dc 

29 

PVT    (RadOp,  LS) 

2500 

(  1  ) 

30 

3-Rifle  .Squads  (each) 

0 

4 

4 

31 

SGT    (Squad  Ldr) 

0311 

(  Dc 

32 

CPL    (Asst  Squad  Ldr) 

0311 

(1) 

33 

PVT    (Rifleman) 

0300 

(2) 

34 

35 

TOTAL  BATTALION 

14 

126 

150 

36 

37 

Carbine,  cal   .30  M2 

13 

35 

48 

38 

Pistol,  Auto,  cal  .45  1911A1 

1 

18 

19 

39 

Rifle,  U.S.  cal  .30  Ml 

0 

73 

73 

40 

41 

c  Armed  with  carbine 

42 

p  Armed  with  pistol 

43 

44 

45 

46 

INFANTRY  BATTALION,  PROVISIONAL  INFANTRY  REGIMENT,  MANEUVER  ENEMY 

6-21  RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

47 

RECAPITULATION  OF  MOS: 

48 

OFFICER 

RANK 

49 

MOS 

MAJ 

CAPT 

LT 

TOTAL 

50 

0302 

1 

3 

10 

14 

51 

TOTAL 

1 

3 

10 

14 

52 

53 

ENLISTED 

RANK 

54 

MOS 

MSGT 

TSGT 

SSGT 

SGT 

CPL 

PVT 

TOTAL 

55 

0-300 

48 

48 

56 

0311 

18 

18 

36 

57 

0316 

2 

6 

8 

58 

0319 

1 

1 

59 

0331 

6 

6 

60 

0335 

2 

6 

8 

61 

2500 

14 

14 

62 

3500 

5 

5 

63 

TOTAL 

1 

2 

8 

24 

24 

67 

126 

64 

65 

NOTE:   (1)  The  terms  "LT"  and  "PVT"  used  in  this  table  include 

66 

1st  and  2d  Lt  and  PFC  respectively. 

67 

68 

69 

70 

71 

72 

73 

74 

75 

76 

77 

78 

79 

80 

81 

82 

83 

84 

85 

86 

87 

88 

89 

90 

DESIGNATION:   Inf  Bn,  Prov  Inf  Regt,  Maneuver  Enemy 

91 

INFANTRY  BATTALION,  PROVISIONAL  INFANTRY  REGIMENT,  MANEUVER  ENEMY 
RESTRICTED  6-22 


RESTRICTED 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

1 

Unit 

MOS 

Off 

Enl 

Total 

2 

HEADQUARTERS  PLATOON 

2 

5 

7 

3 

CAPT      (Gru  Comdr) 

0802 

(  l)c 

4 

LT        (ExecO) 

0802 

(  l)c 

5 

MSGT      ( 1st  Sgt ) 

0819 

(  l)c 

6 

SSGT      (Opns  Asst) 

0848 

(  l)c 

7 

PVT       (RadOp,  LS-Driver) 

2500 

(2) 

8 

( Trk-driver ) 

3500 

(  1) 

9 

MAINTENANCE  PLATOON 

0 

6 

6 

10 

TSGT      (Rubber  Boat  Man) 

0231 

(lie 

11 

SSGT      (FA  Armorer) 

2141 

(  l)c 

12 

CPL       (Rubber  Boat  Man) 

0233 

(  1) 

13 

( AAA  Armorer ) 

2131 

(  1) 

14 

PVT       ( Wpns  RepMan  ) 

2100 

(2) 

15 

WEAPONS  PLATOON 

1 

44 

45 

16 

Platoon  Headquarters 

1 

1 

2 

17 

LT        (Plat  Comdr) 

0802 

(  1  )c 

18 

TSGT      (Gunnery  Sgt) 

0816 

(l)c 

19 

Weapons  Section 

0 

32 

32 

20 

SSGT      (Sect  Chf) 

0816 

(  l)c 

21 

SGT       <Rkt  Gnr) 

0836 

(  l)c 

22 

(HAA  Gnr) 

0751 

(1) 

23 

CPL       (Gnr) 

0811 

(  1) 

24 

( Camouf leur ) 

1378 

(  1) 

25 

PVT       (AAA  Crewman) 

0700 

(5) 

26 

(FA  Crewman) 

0800 

(7) 

27 

(Rkt  Crewman) 

0800 

(  3) 

28 

(RadOp,  LS-Driver) 

2500 

(  1) 

29 

(RadOp,  LS) 

2500 

(3) 

30 

( Tk-driver ) 

3500 

(8) 

31 

Sound  &  Flash  Section 

0 

7 

7 

32 

SGT       (FIRgngObsr) 

0841 

(  1) 

33 

CPL       (SdRgngMan) 

0843 

(1  ) 

34 

PVT       ' FIRgngMan ) 

0800 

(3) 

35 

( SdRgngMan) 

0800 

(?) 

36 

4-Spl  Mobile  Sonic  Equip 

0 

1 

1 

37 

Sections  ( each ) 

38 

PVT      (Trk-driver) 

3500 

(  1  ) 

39 

40 

TOTAL  GROUP 

3 

53 

56 

41 

42 

Carbine,  cal  .30  M2 

3 

6 

9 

43 

Rifle,  U.S.  cal  .30  Ml 

0 

47 

47 

44 

45 

c  Armed  with  carbine 

46 

p  Armed  with  pistol 

SUPPORTING  ARMS  GROUP,  PROVISIONAL  INFANTRY  REGIMENT,  MANEUVER  ENEMY 

5_2S  RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


- 

47 

RECAPITULATION  OF  MO'S: 

48 

OFFICER 

RANK 

49 

MOS 

CAPT 

LT 

TOTAL 

50 

0802 

1 

2 

3 

51 

TOTAL 

1 

2 

3 

52 

53 

ENLISTED 

RANK 

54 

MOS 

MSGT 

TSGT 

SSGT 

SGT 

CPL 

PVT 

TOTAL 

55 

0231 

1 

1 

56 

0233 

1 

1 

57 

0700 

5 

5 

58 

0751 

1 

1 

59 

0800 

15 

15 

60 

0811 

1 

1 

61 

0816 

1 

1 

2 

62 

0819 

1 

1 

63 

0836 

1 

1 

64 

0841 

1 

1 

65 

0843 

1 

1 

66 

0848 

1 

1 

67 

1378 

1 

1 

68 

2100 

2 

2 

69 

2131 

1 

1 

70 

2141 

1 

1 

71 

2500 

4 

4 

72 

3500 

13 

13 

73 

TOTAL 

1 

2 

3 

3 

5 

39 

53 

74 

75 

NOTE: 

(1)  The  terms  "LT"  and  "PVT"  used  in  this  table  include 

76 

1st  and  2d  Lt  and  PFC  respectively. 

77 

78 

79 

80 

81 

82 

83 

84 

85 

86 

87 

88 

89 

90 

DESIGNJ 

VTION:  Spt  Arms  Gru,  Prov  Inf  Regt,  Maneuver  Enemy 

91 

SUPPORTING  ARMS  GROUP,  PROVISIONAL  INFANTRY  REGIMENT,  MANEUVER  ENEMY 
RESTRICTED  6-24 


RESTRICTED 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

1 

Unit 

MOS 

Off 

Enl 

Total 

2 

COMPANY  HEADQUARTERS 

2 

6 

8 

3 

CAPT     (Co  Comdr) 

'  0302 

(  l)c 

4 

LT       (ExecO) 

0302 

(  l)c 

5 

MSGT     (IstSgt) 

0319 

(l)c 

6 

TSGT     (Gunnery  Sgt) 

0316 

(  l)c 

7 

PVT      (RadOp,  LS-Driver) 

2500 

(  1) 

8 

(RadOp,  LS) 

2500 

(  1) 

9 

( Trk-driver ) 

3500 

(2) 

10 

3-SUBMACHINE  GUN  PLATOONS  (each) 

1 

14 

15 

11 

Platoon  Headquarters 

1 

2 

3 

12 

LT       (Plat  Comdr) 

0302 

(l)c 

13 

SSGT     (Plat  Sgt) 

0316 

(l)c 

]4 

PVT      (RadOp,  LS) 

2500 

(  1) 

15 

3-Submachine  Gun  Squads   (each) 

0 

4 

4 

16 

SGT      (Squad  Ldr) 

0311 

(  l)b 

17 

PVT      ( SMG  Man) 

0300 

(3)b 

18 

19 

TOTAL  COMPANY 

5 

48 

53 

20 

21 

Carbine,  cal  .30  M2 

5 

43 

53 

22 

Rifle,  U.S.  cal  .30  Ml 

0 

7 

7 

23 

Rifle,  Auto,  Browning, 

24 

cal  .30  M1918A2 

0 

36 

36 

25 

26 

b.  Armed  with  Auto  Rifle 

27 

c.  Armed  with  carbine 

28 

29 

RECAPITULATION  OF  MOS: 

30 

OFFICER 

RANK 

31 

MOS 

CAPT 

LT 

TOTAL 

32 

0302 

1 

4 

5 

33 

TOTAL 

1 

4 

5 

34 

35 

ENLISTED 

RANK 

36 

MOS 

MSGT 

TSGT 

SSGT 

SGT 

CPL 

PVT 

TOTAL 

37 

0300 

27 

27 

38 

0311 

9 

9 

39 

0316 

1 

3 

4 

40 

0319 

1 

1 

41 

2500 

5 

5 

42 

3500 

2 

2 

43 

TOTAL 

1 

1 

3 

9 

0 

34 

48 

44 

45 

NOTE:   (1)   The  terms  "LT"  and  "PVT"  used  in  this  table 

46 

include  1st  and  2d  Lt  and  PFC  respectively. 

47 

DESIGNATION:  SMG  Co,  ProvInfRegt,  Maneuver  Enemy 

SUBMACHINE  GUN  CO  MP  ANY,  PROVISIONAL  INFANTRY  REGIMENT,  MANEUVER 
ENEMY  6-25  RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

1 

Unit 

MOS 

Off 

Enl 

TOTAL 

2 

COMPANY  HEADQUARTERS 

1 

2 

3 

3 

CAPT     (Co  Comdr ) 

0230 

(l)c 

4 

TSGT     (Intel  Chf) 

0231 

(  l)c 

5 

PVT     ( Trk-driver ) 

3500 

(1) 

6 

ESPIONAGE,  SABOTAGE  &  PROPAGANDA 

1 

10 

11 

7 

PLATOON 

8 

LT       (Plat  Comdr) 

0210 

(  l)c 

9 

SSGT     (CtlntelChf) 

0  231 

(l)c 

10 

SGT      (CtlntelNCO) 

0231 

(2) 

11 

CPL      (CtlntelNCO) 

0231 

(3) 

12 

PVT      (CtlntelMan) 

0200 

(2) 

13 

(Clk-typist ) 

0100 

(1) 

14 

( Trk-driver ) 

3500 

(1) 

15 

PRISONER  OF  WAR  PLATOON 

1 

41 

42 

16 

Intelligence  Incidents  Section 

0 

24 

24 

17 

SSGT     (Intel  Chf) 

0231 

(  l)c 

18 

SGT      (Intel  NCO  ) 

0231 

(3) 

19 

CPL      ( Intel  NCO) 

0231 

(4) 

20 

PVT      ( Intel  Man) 

0300 

(  16) 

21 

POW  Interrogation  Section 

1 

4 

5 

22 

LT      ( Interro  0 ) 

0230 

(l)c 

23 

SGT      ( Interro  ) 

0231 

(  3) 

24 

CPL      (Interro) 

0231 

(  1) 

25 

POW  Stockade  &  Transportation 

0 

13 

13 

26 

Section 

27 

TSGT     (MP  Chf) 

5849 

(  l)c 

28 

SGT      (MP) 

5841 

(  1) 

29 

CPL      (MP) 

5841 

(2) 

30 

PVT      (Trk-driver) 

3500 

(  1) 

•   31 

(MP) 

5800 

(8) 

32 

33 

TOTAL  COMPANY 

3 

53 

56 

34 

35 

Carbine,  cal  .30  M2 

3 

4 

7 

36 

Rifle,  U.S.  cal  . 30  Ml 

0 

49 

49 

37 

38 

c  Armed  with  carbine 

39 

40 

RECAPITULATION  OF  MOS: 

41 

OFFICER 

RANK 

42 

MOS 

CAPT 

LT 

TOTAL 

43 

0210 

1 

1 

44 

0230 

1 

1 

2 

45 

TOTAL 

1 

2 

3 

46 

INTELLIGENCE  COMPANY,  PROVISIONAL  INFANTRY  REGIMENT,  MANEUVER  ENEMY 
RESTRICTED  6-26 


RESTRICTED 


47 

RECAPITULATION  OF  MOS:  (Continued) 

48 

ENLISTED 

RANK 

49 

MOS 

MSGT 

TSGT 

SSGT 

SGT 

CPL 

PVT 

TOTAL 

50 

0100 

1 

1 

51 

0200 

2 

2 

52 

0231 

1 

2 

8 

8 

19 

53 

0300 

16 

16 

54 

3500 

3 

3 

55 

5800 

8 

8 

56 

5841 

1 

2 

3 

57 

5849 

1 

1 

58 

TOTAL 

0 

2 

2 

9 

10 

30 

53 

59 

60 

NOTE:  (1)   The  terms  "LT"  and  "PVT"  used  in  this  table  include 

61 

1st  and  2d  and  PFC  respectively. 

62 

63 

64 

65 

66 

67 

68 

69 

70 

71 

72 

73 

74 

75 

76 

77 

78 

79 

80 

81 

82 

83 

84 

85 

86 

87 

88 

89 

DESIGNATION:   Intel  Co,  Prov  Inf  Regt,  Maneuver  Enemy 

90 

91 

INTELLIGENCE  COMPANY,  PROVISIONAL  INFANTRY  REGIMENT,  MANEUVER 
ENEMY  6-27  RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

1 

Unit 

o 
o 

w 

03 

o 
o 

E-i 
1 

—  c 

CQ 
U 

3  <-> 
O  C 

fe.  I-H 

to 
E 
u 
<  a 

3 
■P  o 

o 
o 

e> 

CO 

o 
o 

H 

a> 
c 

< 

EH 

O 

Eh 

2 

LtCol 

1 

1 

3 

Maj 

4 

4 

8 

4 

Capt 

5 

1 

1 

12 

1 

1 

1 

22 

5 

Lt 

3 

6 

2 

40 

2 

4 

2 

59 

6 

TOTAL  COMN 

13 

7 

3 

56 

3 

5 

3 

90 

7 

MARINE  CORPS 

8 

9 

MSgt 

5 

1 

1 

4 

1 

1 

13 

10 

TSgt 

5 

5 

8 

2 

1 

2 

23 

11 

SSgt 

8 

16 

32 

2 

3 

2 

84 

12 

Sgt 

7 

1 

1 

96 

3 

9 

9 

126 

13 

Cpl 

30 

16 

9 

96 

5 

10 

166 

14 

Pvt 

164 

37 

25 

268 

39 

34 

30 

597 

15 

TOTAL  ENLISTED 

219 

76 

36 

504 

53 

48 

53 

989 

16 

MARINE  CORPS 

17 

TOTAL  USMC 

232 

83 

39 

560 

56 

53 

56 

1079 

18 

Lt( jg) (MC) 

1 

1 

19 

TOTAL  COMN, 

1 

1 

20 

NAVY 

21 

22 

HMC 

1 

1 

23 

HM1 

1 

1 

24 

HM2 

2 

2 

25 

HM3 

5 

5 

26 

TOTAL  ENLISTED, 

9 

9 

27 

NAVY 

28 

TOTAL  NAVY 

10 

10 

29 

AGGREGATE 

242 

83 

39 

560 

56 

53 

56 

1089 

30 

31 

Carbine,  cal 

67 

8 

4 

192 

9 

10 

7 

297 

32 

.  30  M2 

33 

Pistol,  cal 

98 

70 

0 

76 

0 

0 

0 

244 

34 

.45  M1911A1 

35 

Rifle,  Auto, 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

36 

0 

36 

36 

Browning,  cal 

37 

.30  M1918A2 

38 

Rifle,  U.S. 

67 

5 

35 

29  2 

47 

7 

49 

502 

39 

cal  . 30  Ml 

40 

41 

T,^c,m„T^mr:,^    PROVISIONAL  INFANTRY  REGIMENT,  MANEUVER  ENEMY 
RESTRICTED  a  _og 


RESTRICTED 

- 

42 

RECAPITULATION  OF  MOS: 

43 

OFFICER 

RANK 

44 

MOS 

LTCOL 

MAJ 

CAPT 

LT 

TOTAL 

45 

0170 

1 

1 

46 

0210 

1 

1 

47 

0230 

1 

2 

1 

4 

48 

0302 

1 

5 

13 

44 

63 

49 

0306 

1 

1 

2 

50 

0406 

1 

1 

51 

080  2 

1 

2 

3 

52 

1202 

1 

2 

3 

53 

1802 

1 

5 

6 

54 

1840 

1 

1 

55 

2502 

1 

1 

2 

56 

2610 

1 

1 

57 

2630 

1 

1 

58 

3010 

1 

1 

59 

TOTAL          1         8         22         59 

90 

60 

61 

ENLISTED 

RANK 

62 

MOS 

MSGT 

TSGT 

SSGT 

SGT 

CPL 

PVT 

TOTAL 

63 

0100 

4 

4 

64 

0143 

2 

2 

65 

0147 

1 

1 

66 

0200 

2 

2 

67 

0231 

2 

3 

8 

8 

21 

68 

0233 

1 

1 

69 

0300 

236 

236 

70 

0311 

81 

72 

153 

71 

0316 

9 

27 

36 

72 

0319 

6 

6 

73 

0331 

24 

24 

74 

0335 

8 

24 

32 

75 

0371 

1 

1 

76 

0441 

1 

1 

77 

0700 

5 

5 

78 

0751 

1 

1 

79 

0800 

15 

15 

80 

0811 

1 

1 

81 

0816 

1 

1 

2 

82 

0819 

1 

1 

83 

0836 

1 

1 

84 

0841 

1 

1 

85 

0843 

1 

1 

86 

08  48 

1 

1 

PROVISIONAL  INFANTRY  REGIMENT,  MANEUVER  ENEMY 

6-29 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

87 

RECAPITULATION  OF  MOS:  (Continued) 

88 

ENLISTED 

RANK 

89 

MOS 

MSG-T 

TSGT 

SSGT 

SGT 

CPL 

PVT 

TOTAL 

90 

1300 

26 

26 

91 

1366 

1 

1 

92 

1369 

1 

1 

L93 

1372 

1 

9 

10 

94 

1378 

1 

1 

95 

1441 

1 

1 

96 

1800 

33 

33 

97 

1811 

1 

16 

17 

98 

1814 

4 

16 

20 

99 

1819 

1 

1 

100 

1841 

1 

1 

101 

2100 

2 

2 

102 

2131 

1 

1 

103 

2141 

1 

1 

104 

2300 

1 

1 

105 

2311 

1 

1 

106 

2500 

195 

195 

107 

2511 

1 

1 

2 

108 

2519 

1 

1 

109 

2529 

1 

1 

110 

2531 

2 

8 

10 

111 

2533 

1 

2 

3 

112 

25  34 

2 

2 

113 

2536 

1 

1 

3 

5 

114 

2539 

2 

1 

3 

115 

2543 

1 

1 

116 

2549 

1 

1 

117 

2611 

1 

3 

4 

118 

2619 

1 

1 

119 

3000 

6 

6 

120 

3013 

1 

2 

3 

121 

3014 

1 

1 

122 

3300 

11 

11 

123 

3371 

1 

2 

3 

124 

3379 

1 

1 

125 

3500 

53 

53 

126 

3516 

1 

1 

2 

127 

3531 

1 

1 

128 

5800 

8 

8 

129 

5841 

1 

2 

3 

130 

5849 

1 

1 

131 

TOTAL 

13 

23 

64 

126 

166 

597 



989 

RESTRICTED 


PROVISIONAL  INFANTRY  REGIMENT,  MANEUVER  ENEMY 
6-30 


RESTRICTED 

132 

RECAPITULATION  OF  MOS:  (Continued) 

133 

NOTE:   (1)  The  terms  "LT"  and  "PVT"  used  in  this  table  include 

134 

1st  and  2d  Lt  and  PFC  respectively. 

135 

136 

137 

138 

139 

140 

141 

142 

143 

144 

145 

146 

147 

148 

149 

150 

151 

152 

153 

154 

155 

156 

157 

158 

159 

160 

161 

162 

163 

164 

165 

166 

167 

168 

169 

170 

171 

172 

173 

174 

175 

DESIGNATION:   Prov  Inf  Regt,  Maneuver  Enemy 

176 

PROVISIONAL  INFANTRY  REGIMENT,  MANEUVER  ENEMY  RESTRICTED 

6-31 


RESTRICTED 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

1 

Unit 

o 

QC 

E-i   CO 
2  IX. 
O   Eh 
O   Q) 

a: 
w 
cc    cc 

—>     o 

a,  6h 
s  a 

!=>  w 

cc 

Be   i-i 

cc 

Cu 

s  a, 
o 

<  o 
2 

O  J 
'-'  o 

w  a: 

t-i     Eh 
>  2 

>-h  O 

a  u 

co 
a, 
ea  o 
a:  o 
-|  cd 
a,  o 
s 

:=>  j 
o 

E-  K 
O  EH 
DC     2 
1   O 

to  U 

a, 

o 
cc 
o 

CO 

cc  o 
<  cc 

Eh 
Eh  2 

a  O 

O  O 

a, 

CL,  On 

■=>   s 

CO  3 

>H 
S 

Ed 
2 

« 
td 

>  Q 
3  2 
W  =) 
2  O 
<  CC 
S  O 

< 

Eh 

o 

Eh 

2 

GENERAL  OFFICERS 

1 

1 

3 

COLONELS 

6 

1 

7 

4 

LIEUTENANT  COLONELS 

2 

7 

3 

4 

1 

17 

5 

MAJORS 

6 

5 

12 

3 

8 

34 

6 

CAPTAINS 

4 

8 

9 

31 

22 

74 

7 

LIEUTENANTS 

3 

8 

42 

12 

59 

124 

8 

TOTAL  COMMISSIONED,  USMC 

22 

29 

66 

50 

90 

257 

9 

10 

MASTER  SERGEANT 

4 

3 

13 

20 

11 

TECHNICAL  SERGEANT 

5 

1 

23 

29 

12 

STAFF  SERGEANT 

8 

177 

10 

64 

259 

13 

SERGEANT 

13 

2 

255 

16 

126 

412 

14 

CORPORAL 

27 

12 

24 

27 

166 

256 

15 

PRIVATE 

62 

26 

174 

86 

597 

945 

16 

TOTAL  ENLISTED,  USMC 

119 

40 

630 

143 

989 

1921 

17 

TOTAL  USMC 

141 

69 

696 

193 

1079 

2178 

18 

19 

COMMANDER  (MC) 

1 

1 

20 

LT  COMMANDER  ( MC ) 

1 

1 

21 

LT  COMMANDER  (DC) 

1 

1 

22 

LIEUTENANT  ( MC ) 

4 

4 

23 

LIEUTENANT  (MSC) 

1 

1 

24 

LIEUTENANT  (jg)  (MC) 

1 

1 

25 

TOTAL  COMMISSIONED,  USN 

8 

1 

9 

26 

27 

HMC 

1 

1 

2 

28 

DMC 

1 

1 

29 

HM1 

9 

1 

10 

30 

HM2 

2 

2 

31 

HM3 

5 

5 

32 

TOTAL  ENLISTED,  USN 

11 

9 

20 

33 

TOTAL  USN 

19 

10 

29 

34 

AGGREGATE 

141 

88 

696 

193 

1089 

2207 

35 

36 

37 

38 

39 

RESTRICTED 


LANDING  FORCE  UMPIRE  CONTROL  ORGANIZATION 

6-32 


RESTRICTED 


40 

RECAPITULATION  OF  MOS: 

41 

OFFICER 

RANK 

42 

MOS 

GEN 

COL 

LTCOL 

MAJ 

CAPT 

LT 

TOTAL 

43 

0105 

1 

1 

44 

0106 

1 

1 

45 

0107 

1 

1 

46 

0170 

1 

1 

1 

3 

47 

0205 

1 

1 

2 

48 

0210 

1 

1 

49 

0230 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

8 

50 

0302 

3 

7 

20 

22 

86 

138 

51 

0306 

1 

2 

1 

2 

6 

52 

0405 

1 

1 

53 

0406 

1 

1 

3 

1 

6 

■  54 

0407 

1 

1 

2 

55 

0410 

1 

2 

3 

56 

0705 

3 

3 

57 

0802 

2 

1 

7 

6 

16 

58 

0840 

1 

1 

13 

15 

59 

1202 

2 

4 

6 

60 

1802 

1 

2 

8 

11 

61 

1840 

1 

1 

62 

2502 

1 

2 

2 

5 

63 

2610 

2 

2 

64 

26  30 

2 

2 

65 

3010 

1 

1 

66 

3520 

1 

1 

2 

67 

7  30  2 

1 

1 

8 

10 

68 

7303 

1 

8 

9 

69 

9903 

1 

1 

70 

TOTAL 

1 

7 

17 

34 

74 

124 

257 

71 

72 

ENLISTED 

RANK 

73 

MOS 

MSGT 

TSGT 

SSGT 

SGT 

CPL 

PVT 

TOTAL 

74 

0100 

9 

9 

75 

0131 

1 

1 

76 

0141 

1 

1 

77 

0143 

1 

12 

13 

78 

0147 

2 

2 

79 

0149 

1 

1 

80 

0200 

3 

3 

81 

0231 

2 

4 

8 

8 

22 

82 

0233 

1 

1 

83 

0  300 

273 

273 

84 

0311 

324 

72 

396 

LANDING  FORCE  UMPIRE  CONTROL  ORGANIZATION 

6-33 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


85 

RECAPITULATION  OF  MOS:  (Continued) 

86 

ENLISTED 

RANK 

87 

MOS 

MSGT 

TSGT 

SSGT 

SGT 

CPL 

PVT 

TOTAL 

88 

0316 

9 

135 

144 

89 

0319 

6 

6 

90 

0331 

24 

24 

91 

0335 

44 

24 

68 

92 

0336 

9 

9 

93 

0337 

9 

9 

94 

0346 

3 

3 

95 

0371 

1 

3 

12 

16 

96 

0441 

1 

1 

97 

0449 

1 

1 

98' 

0700 

5 

5 

99 

0751 

1 

1 

.100 

0800 

15 

15 

101 

0811 

1 

1 

102 

0816 

1 

5 

6 

103 

0819 

1 

1 

104 

0836 

1 

1 

105 

0841 

1 

1 

106 

0843 

1 

1 

107 

0844 

12 

12 

108 

0848 

1 

1 

15 

17 

109 

0849 

1 

1 

2 

110 

1300 

26 

26 

111 

1366 

1 

1 

112 

1369 

1 

1 

113 

1372 

1 

9 

10 

114 

1378 

1 

1 

115 

1441 

1 

1 

2 

116 

1800 

33 

33 

117 

1811 

1 

16 

17 

118 

1814 

4 

19 

23 

119 

1819 

1 

1 

120 

1841 

1 

1 

121 

2100 

2 

2 

122 

2131 

1 

1 

123 

2141 

1 

1 

124 

2300 

1 

1 

125 

2311 

1 

1 

126 

2500 

445 

445 

127 

2511 

2 

4 

6 

128 

2519 

2 

2 

129 

2529 

1 

1 

RESTRICTED 


LANDING  FORCE  UMPIRE-CONTROL  ORGANIZATION 

6-34 


RESTRICTED 


130 

RECAPITULATION  OF  MOS:  (Continued) 

131 

ENLISTED 

RANK 

132 

MOS 

MSGT 

TSGT 

SSGT 

SGT 

CPL 

PVT 

TOTAL 

133 

2531 

2 

18 

20 

134 

2533 

11 

54 

65 

135 

2534 

2 

2 

136 

25  36 

1 

1 

3 

5 

137 

2539 

3 

2 

5 

138 

2543 

3 

1 

4 

139 

2549 

2 

2 

140 

2561 

3 

3 

141 

2611 

3 

1 

3 

7 

142 

'2619 

1 

1 

2 

143 

3000 

8 

8 

144 

3013 

1 

2 

3 

145 

3014 

1 

1 

146 

3034 

1 

1 

147 

3300 

11 

11 

148 

3371 

1 

2 

3 

149 

3379 

1 

1 

150 

3500 

106 

106 

151 

3516 

1 

1 

2 

152 

.3531 

15 

15 

153 

5800 

8 

8 

154 

5841 

1 

2 

3 

155 

5849 

1 

1 

156 

7041 

1 

1 

157 

TOTAL 

20 

29 

259 

412 

256 

945 

1921 

158 

159 

NOTE:   ( 

1)   The  terms  "LT"  and  "PVT"  used  in  this  tat 

ile  include 

i 

160 

1st  and  2d  Lt  and  PFC  respectively. 

161 

162 

163 

164 

165 

166 

167 

168 

169 

170 

171 

172 

173 

DESIGNA 

riON:   Landing  Force  Umpire-Oontrol  Organizatj 

.on 

174 

LANDING  FORCE  UMPIRE-CONTROL  ORGANIZATION 
6-35 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

CHAPTER  7 

EQUIPMENT 

Paragraphs 
Section  I.      General  ---------------------------        701-  703 

Section  II.     Umpire -Control  Organization  -----------------        710-711 

Section  III.  Maneuver  Enemy  (Ground)     ------------------        720  -  720 

Section  IV.    Special  Umpire  Equipment    ------------------        730  -  732 

SECTION  I 

GENERAL 

701.  Introduction.-  a.     The  equipment  requirements  necessary  for  the  over -all  logistic  sup- 
port of  the  Troop  Umpire -Control  organization  and  the  maneuver  enemy  (ground)  will  be  di- 
rectly influenced  by  many  factors,  the  most  important  of  which  are  the  following: 

(1)  Location  and  duration  of  umpire  training  phase. 

(2)  Location,  extent,  and  duration  of  the  exercise  being  umpired. 

(3)  Size  and  composition  of  the  force  being  umpired. 

702.  Base  Camp.-     Arrangements  must  be  made  to  set  up  a  base  camp  complete  with  supply 
facilities  and  necessary  supporting  services  to  provide  the  logistic  support  required  by  both 
the  umpire -control  organization  and  the  maneuver  enemy  (ground)  during  the  training  phase 
and  the  umpire  phase. 

703.  Expendable  Supplies.-  a.     Landing  Force  units  on  all  levels  having  umpire -control  per- 
sonnel  assigned  during  the  actual  exercise  should  be  responsible  for  providing  such  personnel 
with  replenishment  Class  I  and  Class  m  supplies  for  the  duration  of  the  exercise. 

b.     The  purpose  of  this  Chapter  is  to  set  forth  by  units  the  major  items  of  equipment 
required  for: 

(1)  The  troop  umpire -control  organization  in  conducting  the  umpiring  and  control- 
ling of  the  exercise  itself.     (SECTION  II.) 

(2)  The  maneuver  enemy  (ground)  in  providing  the  ground  opposition  to  elements  of 
the  Landing  Force  during  the  exercise.     (SECTION  EI.) 


SECTION  n 
UMPIRE -CONTROL  ORGANIZATION 


710.  C ommunication  E quipment . -     The  communication  equipment  required  for  umpiring  and 
controlling  the  exercise  is  listed  in  Chart  #6.     All  vehicular  radio  equipment  must  be  provid- 
ed with  suitable  remote  control  units.     If  team -pack  radio  equipment  is  employed  in  substi- 
tution of  vehicular  type  equipment,  appropriate  increases  in  personnel  will  be  required  to 
carry  such  team-pack  type  equipment.     Wire  requirements  have  not  been  shown,  since  these 
requirements  will  depend  upon  the  type  and  extent  of  wire  installation  desired.     The  umpire 
wire  system,  when  applicable,  should  be  as  complete  as  time  and  personnel  availability  will 
permit. 

711.  Vehicles.-     The  necessary  vehicles,  by  type,  required  to  umpire -control  the  Exercise 
are  indicated  in  Chart  #7. 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

SECTION  ni 

MANEUVER  ENEMY  (GROUND) 

720.     Equipment.-     As  discussed  in  paragraph  260. b.,  the  maneuver  enemy  troops  will  usual- 
ly be  formed  from  available  units  not  otherwise  employed  in  the  exercise.     Such  units   will, 
therefore,  have  certain  organic  items  of  motor  transport,  signal  and  ordnance  equipment  that 
should  be  used  to  form  the  basic  requirements  for  the  maneuver  enemy  (ground).     Items  indi- 
cated in  Chart  #8   are  to  be  used  as  a  guide  only.     Signal  equipment  indicated  in  Chart  #9  rep- 
resents the  optimum  requirements  for  adequate  control  of  the  Maneuver  Enemy  (ground). 


SECTION  IV 
SPECIAL  UMPIRE  EQUIPMENT 


730.  Special  Equipment.-  a.     The  following  items  of  special  type  equipment  will  be  required 
(as  indicated)  for  umpire -controlling  the  exercise: 

(1)  Flag,  set,  squad  control  •      1  set  per  rifle  sqd  ump.  and  each 

Each  set  consisting  of:  RCT  and  BLT  special  situation 

1  red  flag,  2x2  ft.  ump  tm. 

1  yellow  flag,  2x2  ft. 
1  staff,  5  ft. 

(2)  Flag,  AT  mine  1  per  RCT  and  BLT  special 

orange,  3x3  ft.  situation  ump  tm. 

(3)  Pistol,  pyrotechnic  1  per  BLT  fire  marker  tm. 

731.  Ammunition.-     Generous  issue  and  use  should  be  made  by  the  Umpire-Control  organiza- 
tion and  the  maneuver  enemy  (ground)  of  such  items  as  blank  ammunition,  firecrackers,  col- 
ored grenades,  sound  and  flash  simulators,  and  blank  firing  devices  for  appropriate  weapons 
in  order  to  achieve  the  maximum  amount  of  realistic  training.     No  attempt  is  made  to  list 
such  items  in  detail  herein  nor  to  indicate  the  amount  required  as  this  will  be  influenced  by 
the  size  of  the  force  executing  the  exercise  and  the  mission  assigned. 

732.  Pneumatic  Targets.-     Consideration  must  also  be  given  to  the  procurement  of  miscel- 
laneous  items  such  as  prefabricated  pneumatic  targets  (tanks  and  weapons),  burlap  cloth,  col- 
ored paint,  picks  and  shovels  for  the  construction  of  dummy  targets. 


7-Z 


ITEM 


RESTRICTED 


UNIT 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

CJ 

cd 
P. 

■d 

§ 

•d    l 
S  5 

dc  < 

c 

M 

.*  Cx. 
O  X 
cd  > 
tt    1 

c3  Cx, 

6 

-   CD 

OS  +j 

i 

♦J 

l-i  (x. 

<  x 
> 

O  6c 
Cd 

P.     - 
C    CD 

IS 

<-> 

-d  «m 
cd  C 

dc  <-> 

<d 

■H    6=. 

o  > 

•H      1 

XI  s 

CD    Cx, 

> 

..    4) 

■s  g 

i 

< 
cd    i 

■3  8 

o 

•H      • 

x  <u 

CD    P 

>  K 

Cd    C 

i 

■d 

a> 

e 

-  Cx. 

a  < 

£  ■ 

CD  T3 

>    0) 

l-i 

«  a> 

cd  o 
DC   P 

C  Cx. 
>  X 

<  > 

—    1 

s 

U  Cx. 

<d  -^ 

.-H  Cx. 

3  X 
o  § 

•H      1 

■C  ^ 

> 

•sg 

DC  P 

Cx. 
1 

u 

(d    - 

r-\    X) 

3    01 
O    l-i 

•H    0) 

x  5 

CD   o 

>  a 
i 
-x 

•d    to 
cd  H 

a  x! 

o 
cd 
a. 

t-T 

0) 

>    Cx. 

— 1  X 
CD  S 
O     1 

cc  < 

a> 

s 

c 

> 
< 

u 
a> 

> 

0) 

a  Cx. 

Qj  x 

CO 

g 

Cx. 

c  X 
>  > 
< 

-a 

Lj     CD 
CD    l-i 
■P    CD 
~>   3 

•H     O 

E  g 

CO     P 

Li    -H 
E-i  X 

CO 
CO 

a> 

Cj 

•a 
•a 
cd 

CJ    E 

•H     CD 
.-{    .-> 
X>     CO 
3    5 

a,  co 

c- 

i 

Cd 
DC 

■P 

§ 

01 
S 

o 

a. 

.-h  — 

cd  ^r 

U     | 

•p  a 

C  E- 
CD  — 
U 

CD    CD 
C    CO 
O 

X    CD 
D.  O 
CD  — 1 

CD  V-i 

E-"   O 

CO 

i 

Cxi 
Cz3 

CO 
0) 

c 
o 

X 

p 

CD 
f-l 

CD 
E-i 

Lan  For  Ump-Con  Dir  Hq 

(111 
10 

5 

3 

2 

100 

Div  Ump-Con  Gp  Hq 

1 

Tac  UmpvCon  Tm 

(2) 
4 

(4 
4 

(3) 
3 

Adm  Ump-Con  Tm 

(4) 
4 

5 

FA  Ump-Con  Sec 

(5) 
1 

(6) 
2 

(7) 
3 

2 

(5) 

1 

(5) 
1 

NGF  Ump-Con  Sec 

(8) 
2 

(8) 
2 

1 

(9) 
4 

Air  Ump-Con  Sec 

(10 
1 

1 

2 

1 

RCT  Ump-Con  GP   (ea) 

di: 

3 

(11) 
2 

(12) 
4 

1 

1 

BLT  Ump-Con  Tm  Hq 

(13) 
3 

1 

1 

Spec  Sit  Ump 

1 

Fire  Marking  Tm 

1 

1 

1 

Wpn  Co  Ump 

4 

1 

Rifle  Co  Ump   (ea) 

(14) 
2 

1 

Mort  &  LMG  Ump    (ea) 

1 

Rifle  Plat  Ump   (ea) 

1 

Rifle  Sqd  Ump      (ea) 

(15) 
1 

1.  Items  number  4,  5,  6,  and  7  mounted  in  truck,  1/4  ton,  4x4. 

2.  Item  number  8  mounted  in  truck,  2i  ton,  6x6. 

3.  Items  number  12  and  13  mounted  in  truck,  1/4  ton,  4x4  and  trailer  1/4  ton,  2  wheel. 


NOTE 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

(4) 
(5) 


Utilized  as  spare  sets. 

Tk  Bn  Ump  Tm. 

1  ea  Staff  Umps,  Tk  Bn 

Ump,  Ren  Co  Ump. 

Engr  Bn  Ump  Tm. 

Fire  Marking  Sec  (ea). 


(6)  1  ea  FA  Regt  Ump  Sec,  FA 
Bn  Ump  Sec. 

(7)  1  ea  FA  Ump-Con  Sec  Hq,  FA 
Regt  Ump  Sec,  FA  Bn  Ump  Sec. 

(8)  1  ea  IRSAC,  IBSAC. 

(9)  2  ea  IRSAC,  IBSAC. 
(10)  TACRON  Ump  Sec. 

CHART  NUMBER  6 


(11)  AT  Co  Ump  Tm. 

(12)  1  ea  RCT  Ump-Con  Gp  Hq,  Spec 
Sit  Tm,  AT  Co  Ump,  4.2  Mort 
Co  Ump. 

(13)  2-BLT  Hq;  1  for  Ln  W/Man  En. 

(14)  1  for  Ln  W/Man  En  when 
required. 

(15)  Equipped  with  earphones. 


COMMUNICATIONS    EQUIPMENT    FOR    UMPIRE-CONTROL    ORGANIZATION 

7_3  RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


ITEM 


UNIT 

c  o 

O  bo 

■*>    U 

-«  O 

u   x 

Eh  ^ 

x  — 

•>*  i-H 

c 
o  — 

-w  > 

•  T3 
Eh  — 

c 
o 
+j 

HO) 

u  x 

Eh  ID 

o 

bo 

c  u 

o  ce 

-»  .. 

•-> 

'  si 

Eh  CM 

Lan  For  Ump-Con  Dir  Hq 

9(2) 

5 

4(3) 

9(2) 

Div  Ump-Con  Gp  Hq 

1 

1 

1 

Tac  Ump-Con  Tm 

1 

7(4) 

1 

Adm  Ump-Con  Tm 

2(5) 

5 

2(5) 

FA  Ump-Con  Sec 

1 

1 

1 

FA  Regt  Ump  Sec 

1 

2 

1 

FA  Bn  Ump  Sec  (ea) 

2 

Fire  Marking  Sec  (ea) 

1(6) 

1(6) 

NGF  Ump-Con  Sec 

1 

1(1) 

1 

FSCC  Ump  Sec 

1 

1 

IRSAC  (ea) 

2 

IBSAC  (ea) 

2 

Air  Ump-Con  Sec 

1 

1(1) 

1 

Airfield  Ump  Sec  (ea) 

1 

1 

TACRON  Ump  Sec 

1 

AAA  Ump  Sec  (ea) 

1 

1 

RCT  Ump-Con  Gp  Hq 

1 

2 

1 

BLT  Ump-Con  Tm  Hq  (ea) 

2 

1 

2 

Fire  Marking  Tm 

1(6) 

1(6) 

(1)  Rad  Veh  as  in- 
dicated in 
Chart   #. 

(2)  1  ea  Ump  Dir, 
Dep  Ump  Dir, 
G-l,G-4,   Msg 
Cen,   2  for 
Wire  Sec. 


(3)  1-Sig  Sup  Maint 

Sec 
3-Rad  Vehs. 

(4)  1  ea  Staff  Umps, 
Ren  Co  Ump. 
5-Tk  Bn  Ump  Tm. 

(5)  1  ea  Staff  Umps, 
Med  Bn  Ump. 


(6)   For  mounting 
public  add 
system  and 
power  unit  as 
indicated  in 
Chart   #. 
3/4  ton  Veh  may 
be  substituted. 


CHART    NUMBER    7 

MOTOR    TRANSPORT    FOR    UMPIRE-CONTROL    ORGANIZATION 

RESTRICTED  7  -4 


RESTRICTED 


ITEM 


UNIT 

a 

o 
-w  o 

bo 

•*  h 

E-i  C_> 

c 

o 

ton 

J3 

<D 
X 

<D 

c 
o 
<j 

-w 
oo  o 

be 
-*  u 
t-i  n5 

X 

<o 

c 
o 

oo  c 
.*  o 

t-i   CO 

Ei  — 

1 

w 

c 
o 

-H   O 
bo 

I-i   Cfl 
E-i  O 

Tank  (M4A3/M-26) 

Veh.  Tk  Recovery 

i 

o 
(t) 
E 

Prov  Inf  Regt 

Hq  Sec 

2 

Intell  Sec 

1 

Opns  Sec 

1 

Log  &  Sup  Sec 

1 

Comm  Plat 

4(1) 

4(1) 

Ser  Plat 

1(2) 

2(3) 

Med  Plat 

1 

Tank  Bn 

16(4) 

Hq  Co 

1 

Recvy  &  Maint  Plat 

1 

1 

Hq,  AT  Co 

1 

AT  Plat.  AT  Co 

1 

H&S  Co,  Inf  Bn  (ea) 

1 

2 

Rifle  Co,  Inf  Bn  (ea) 

1 

6(5) 

Hq  Plat,  SA  Gp 

1 

Maint  Plat,  SA  Gp 

1 

Wpns  Plat,  SA  Gp 

1(6) 

8(7) 

KG) 

Hq  SMG  Co 

1 

1 

NOTES 

( 1 )  1  per  wire  tm. 

(2)  Plat   Hq. 

(3)  Ser  Sec. 

(4)  4  per  Tk  Co. 


(5)  1  per  MG  Sq. 

(6)  Plat  Hq. 

(7)  Wpns  Sec. 

(8)  For  mounting  special 
mobile  sound  equip. 


CHART    NUMBER    8 


(BARS  with  blank  fire  attachment   for  full  auto 
fire  may  be  substituted). 


MAJOR    ITEMS    OF    MOTOR    TRANSPORT    AND    ORDNANCE    FOR   MANEUVER    ENEMY    (GROUND) 

7  -5  RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


ITEMS 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

>> 

i 

=a  a 

>> 
•p 

a 

CD 

s 

A! 
Eh 

U   be 

tx. 

u   6c 

fe. 

O    3 

jrf 

5 

*£ 

&£ 

(j    X 

<D 

& 

■•2  ,H 

cd   ft 

CD 
CO 

o 

J«J   1 

A!      1 

■H     1 

<H   > 

£ 

<u 

i-H 

<H  V. 

CD 

cd 

cj  S 

y  s 

3  S 

3     1 

g 

3  fe 

r-t     S 

S-i 

P. 

cd  x 

cd  en. 

CJ   X 

f  S 

•p 

cj  X 

■H 

X) 

■►> 

X) 

ft 

ft 

•H 

•H   <C 

<-> 

•H   > 

CJ    (-1 

X) 

•H 

s 

C     0) 

a  p. 

s:  <u 

x: 

d-l 

.C      1 

to    CD 

< 

c 

£& 

(d  -a 

a 

jrf 

a)  E 

O  -H 

a 

X  fe. 

S      >> 

>  <d 

l-H    6c. 

E-<  X 

>  Be 

u 

tw 

CJ  E 

rn 

43 

+3 

*> 

u 

X 

X 

o  cd 

O  .rH 

■H    0) 

Li  lO 

•    S.' 

• 

• 

•    CD 

•  > 

•  > 

.    CD 

•H  ,-H 

■H   -p 

<D  £>- 

UNIT 

"2  A 

3  c 

m  c 

S  C 

5  o 

J5  SE 

3  2 

■ss 

x)  i 

3  a 

X)     ft 

3^ 

-ft     CO 

3   >, 

3     1 

o  &a 

x  ^ 

X  «-i 

a  >-< 

x  -* 

x  a. 

X  X 

X  X 

X  f» 

<  -» 

X  CQ 

X  X 

Prov  Inf  Regt,    Hq 

3 

2 

2 

5 

5 

Tank  Bn,   Hq 

1 

1 

Tank  Co,    (ea) 

4 

4 

Inf  Bn,   Hq   (ea) 

1 

1 

Rifle  Co  (ea) 

2 

Rifle  Plat   (ea) 

1 

MG  Plat   (ea) 

1 

SA  Gp 

1 

1 

Wpns  Plat 

4 

1 

1 

SMG  Co 

1 

SMG  Plat   (ea) 

4 

1 

1.  Items  4,   5,   and  8  mounted  in  truck,    1/4  ton,   4x4. 

2.  Items  6  and  7  mounted  in  tank.    " 

3.  Items  9  and  10  jamming  equip.     Use  desirable  if  available. 

4.  Items  11  and   12  mounted  in  truck,   2i  ton,   6x6. 
Used  for    broadcasting    simulated  fire. 

CHART   NUMBER   9 


MAJOR    ITEMS    OF    COMMUNICATIONS    EQUIPMENT    FOR   MANEUVER    ENEMY    (GROUND) 

7-6  RESTRICTED 


8-1 


RESTRICTED 


CHAPTER  8 

Page 
Appendix  I     -     Sample  Umpire -Control  Operation  Order  8-2 


Appendix  n    -     Sample  Umpire-RCT  Control  Script  8-5 

Appendix  III  -     Sample  Umpire- Artillery  Control  Script  8-9 

Appendix  IV  -     Sample  Umpire-FSCC  Control  Script  8-12 


Appendix  V    -     Umpire-Control  Flags  and  Non-tactical  8-14 

Designations 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

Appendix  I 

SAMPLE  UMPIRE- CONTROL  OPERATION  ORDER 


Headquarters,  Landing  Force 
Umpire -Control  Director 
Vieques,  Puerto  Rico 
2400,  4  Feb  1949 

OPERATION  ORDER) 

NUMBER  ....  1-49) 

Maps:     ISIA  DE  VIEQUES  (Eastern  Part)  1:25,000  HO  Misc  11,081-25-1 

TASK  ORGANIZATION  (Annex  ABLE) 

Landing  Force  Umpire-Control  Force  BrigGen 

a.  Umpire- Control  Director  Headquarters 

b.  Division  Umpire- Control  Group 

c.  RCT  Umpire- Control  Group  ONE 

BLT  Umpire- Control  Team  ABLE 
BLT  Umpire-Control  Team  BAKER 
BLT  Umpire- Control  Team  CHARLIE 

d.  RCT  Umpire- Control  Group  TWO 

BLT  Umpire- Control  Team  DOG 
BLT  Umpire-Control  Team  EASY 
BLT  Umpire-Control  Team  FOX 

e.  RCT  Umpire- Control  Group  THREE 

BLT  Umpire-Control  Team  GEORGE 
BLT  Umpire-Control  Team  HOW 
BLT  Umpire-Control  Team  ITEM 

f.  Supporting  Arms  Umpire-Control  Group 

g.  Maneuver  Enemy  Air 

h.     Maneuver  Enemy  Ground 

1.  GENERAL  SITUATION  -  Give  briefly  the  general  picture  of  the  exercise  to  be  umpire  - 
controlled. 

2.  This  force  will,  commencing  D-10  days,  umpire -control  the  Landing  Force  throughout 
Fleet  Tactical  Exercise  1949  in  the  VIEQUES -CULEBRA  area  by  assigning  umpire-control 
groups,  teams  and  umpires  to  echelons  of  command  and  by  presenting  realistic  enemy  situa- 
tions in  order  to  test  and  develop  the  state  of  training  of  the  units  involved. 

3.  a.     Umpire -Control  Director  Headquarters  will  exercise  over -all  control  of  the  umpire - 
control  groups  and  maneuver  enemy,  introduce  all  pre -D-day  incidents  and  messages  and 
provide  logistic  and  administrative  support  for  the  umpire-control  force. 

b.     Division  Umpire-Control  Groups  will  umpire -control  Division  Headquarters  and 
Division  Troops  in  accordance  with  Annex  CHARLIE. 

8-2 

RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

Appendix  I     (continued) 

c.     RCT  Umpire-Control  Group  ONE  will  umpire -control  the  6th  Marines  (Reinf)  in 
accordance  with  Annex  DOG. 


d.  RCT  Umpire -Control  Group  TWO   - 

e.  RCT  Umpire- Control  Group  THREE 


f.  Supporting  Arms  Umpire-Control  Group,will  umpire -control  the  Landing  Force 
FSCC,  the  Landing  Force  and  maneuver  enemy  artillery,  the  landing  force  and  maneuver  ene- 
my air,  and  Landing  Force  RCT  and  BLT  SACs,  SFCPs  and  TACPs. 

g.  Maneuver  Enemy  Air  be  prepared  to  execute  air  strikes  on  the  Landing  Force  be- 
ginning at  H-Hour  on  D-Day  as  directed.     See  Annex  ITEM. 

h.     Maneuver  Enemy  Ground  execute  plan  of  defense  and  control  as  contained  in  Annex 
JIG. 

i.      (1)  All  umpires  will,  in  addition  to  their  umpire-control  duties,  exercise  observer 
functions  by  keeping  a  chronological  factual  account  together  with  pertinent  comments  and 
recommendations  of  the  actions  of  their  units    throughout  the  exercise. 

(2)  _  _ 

(3) 
(4) 


4.  See  Administrative  Order  No.  1-49. 

5.  a.     See  Annex  KING, 
b.     COMMAND  POSTS: 

BY  COMMAND   OF 


(S) 
U.  S.  Marine  Corps 


Chief  of  Staff 


ANNEXES:     (Briefly  explained  where  necessary) 

ABLE TASK  ORGANIZATION 

It  is  usually  necessary  to  detail  every  member  of  the  umpire- 
control  organization,  except  maneuver  enemy,  in  this  annex. 

BAKER     -   -  GENERAL  CONCEPT 

CHARLIE      -  UMPIRE -CONTROL  INSTRUCTIONS    -  GENERAL 

This  annex  contains  all  pre -D-Day  canned  incidents  and  mes-  • 
sages  and  general  instructions  for  all  umpires  for  the  intro- 
duction of  canned  incidents  and  messages  and  such  special 
instructions  as  are  necessary  for  the  over  -all  running  of  the 
problem. 

DOG UMPIRE -CONTROL  INSTRUCTIONS   -  Division  Umpire-Control 

Group 

This  and  following  annexes  contain  detailed  instructions  in  the 
form  of  a  script  for  each  umpire-control  group.     See  sample 
on  following  page. 


8-3  RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

Appendix  I     (continued) 

EASY        ) 

FOX  )    -  -  Instructions  and  scripts  for  RCT  and  Supporting  Arms 

GEORGE  )  Umpire-Control  Groups. 

HOW         ) 

ITEM        ")    -   -  Maneuver  Enemy  Plans   -  Air 

JIG  )    -   -  and  Ground 

KING    - SIGNAL  INSTRUCTIONS 

DISTRIBUTION: 

OFFICIAL: 


(S) 

,  USMC 

ACofS,  G-3 


8-4 

RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


Appendix  II 
SAMPLE  UMPIRE  RCT  CONTROL  SCRIPT 


Hq,  Umpire  Director 

Nth  Marine  Division,  FMF, 

Camp  Bard,  N.  C. 

0800R,  17  Apr  1950 


UMPIRE-CONTROL  SCRIPT  -  RCT-0 


Situation 

Elements  of  RCT  -  0  assigned  mission  of 
clearing  and/or  protecting  flanks  on  the 
spit  will  advance  slowly  against  light  snip- 
er firing. 


D-Day 


Umpire  Instructions 


Throughout  exercise  umpires  with  assault 
elements  keep  troops  off  roads  and  trails. 
Umpires  insert  local  incidents  to  keep  ele- 
ments moving  slowly,    platoon  umpires 
tag  one  (1)  casualty  in  each  platoon  as  it 
crosses  the  dune  line. 


As  assault  elements  cross  waterway  in 
LVTs,  they  are  subject  to  VT -fused  Arty 
fire,  Anti-tank,  MG  and  rifle  fire. 


Platoon  umpires,  embarked  with  troops  in 
LVTs,  tag  1  casualty  per  platoon.    Company 
umpires  tag  one  (1)  casualty  per  Co.    Hq 
and  BLT  umpires  tag  one  (1)  casualty  per 
Bn,  Hq  and  two  (2)  per  Bn  Wpns  Co.    Fire 
marker  teams  lay  down  aggressor  artillery 
fire  as  directed. 


1st  CONTROLLED  SITUATION 
(H    plus  70) 

Enemy  positions  located   in  pillboxes  gen- 
erally along  line  TA  9128  M3,  E5,  TA  9229 
V,  Rl,  M4,  15,  E5  deliver  rifle  and  MG  fire 
which  halts  advance  of  ass  ault  elements. 
Troops  also  receiving  sporadic  Arty  & 
rocket  fire.    This  situation  is  designed  to 
indicate  the  necessity  for  employment  of 
air  or  NGF  to  neutralize  enemy  Arty  and 
rocket  fire,  and  for  the  employment  of  sup- 
port squads. 


Red  flags  will  be  displayed  when  leading 
elements  are  about  50  yds  from  hostile 
positions.    Fire  marking  teams  lay  down 
sporadic  fire  as  directed  by  Battalion  um- 
pire.   When  cmdr  has  requested  and  re- 
ceived supporting  fires,  and  when  support 
squads  have  been  committed,  units  will  be 
permitted  to  advance  by  fire  and  movement. 

Assault  platoon  umpires  tag  1  casualty  per 
assault  platoon  and  company.    Umpires 
tag  1  per  Co  Hq.    H/70  Right  Company  um- 
pire hands  overlay  (taken  from  a  dead  ag- 
gressor forward  mortar  observer)  to  right 
Co  Commander.    The  overlay  shows  the 
Aggressor  mortar  battery  position  and 
battery  firing  sectors.   If  the  Company 
Commander  takes  no  immediate  action  on 
the  captured  overlay,  the  Company  umpire 
will  direct  the  Company  Commander  to 
send  the  overlay  to  the  BLT  cdr  via  mes- 
senger immediately,  and  will  inform  the 
BLT  umpire  that  the  overlay  is  being  sent 


8-5 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


Appendix  n     (continued) 

to  BLT  via  messenger. 

Note: 

(a)  BLT  umpire  will  insure  that  BLT 
informs  RCT.     RCT  umpire  will  insure 
that  RCT  takes  appropriate  action  and 
also  informs  Division. 

(b)  Prior  to  D-Day  RCT  umpire  will 
arrange  to  have  overlay  issued  to  Right 
Co.,  umpire. 


Upon  execution  of  the  1st  CONTROLLED 
SITUATION,  the  unit  will  be  allowed  to  ad- 
vance against  snipers. 


Umpires  insert  local  incidents  to  keep 
elements  of  RCT-0  advancing  by  fire 
and  movement.    Platoon  umpires  tag  1 
casualty  per  platoon. 


2d  CONTROLLED  SITUATION 
(H  plus  120) 

As  elements  in  the  left  of  RCT-0  Z/A 
debouche  from  the  woods  they  are  halted 
by  heavy  rifle  and  MG  fire  coming  from 
log  revetments  to  their  front  and  flanks 
and  mortar  fire  is  falling  in  their  front 
lines.    Elements  of  RCT-0  located  to  the 
right  of  the  clearing  continue  to  advance 
through  woods  with  little  or  no  resistance. 

This  situation  is  designed  to  have  the  unit 
employ  his  organic  supporting  arms  and  to 
exploit  success. 


Red  flags  will  be  displayed  after  troops 
debouche  from  the  woods  and  advance  50 
to  75  meters,  where  they  will  be  stopped. 
When  the  cmdr  has  employed  his  organic 
supporting  weapons  and  when  he  had  util- 
ized to  good  advantage  the  progress  of  his 
elements  advancing  against  little  or  no  op- 
position in  the  woods,  the  red  flag  will  go 
down  and  troops  will  be  permitted  to  ad- 
vance by  fire  and  movement. 

Assault  platoon  umpires  tag  2  casualties 
per  assault  platoon.    Company  umpires 
tag  1  casualty  per  Co  Hq  and  BLT  umpires 
tag  1  casualty  in  Bn  Hq  and  3  in  Wpns  Co. 
One  fire  marking  team  simulates  sporad- 
ic Arty  &  Mortar  fire  throughout  incident 
as  directed  until  red  flags  go  down,  when 
Arty  &  Mortar  fire  will  be  stopped. 


Upon  execution  of  the  2d  CONTROLLED 
SITUATION,  assault  elements  will  be  al- 
lowed to  advance  by  fire  &  movement 
against  rifle  and  occasional  MG  fire. 


Umpires  insert  local  incidents. 


3d  CONTROLLED  SITUATION 
(H  plus  160) 

As  assault  elements  reach  a  line  50  meters 
from  hostile  positions  located  generally 
along  the  line  TA  9129  U,  Q,  M,  I,  E4,  they 
are  halted  by  rifle  and  MG  fire  coming  from 
mutually  supported  log  revetted  pillboxes 
around  which  protective  wire  has  been 
placed.    (OPLR).    The  troops  in  the  vicinity 
of  the  trail  are  stopped  by  a  road  block, 


Red  flags  will  be  displayed  when  troops 
have  reached  line  designated  in  the  situa- 
tion.  When  cmdrs  have'  taken  proper  action 
to  knock  out  pillboxes,  either  with  organic 
personnel  and  equipment  or  aided  by  tanks, 
the  red  flags  will  go  down  and  troops  will 
be  permitted  to  advance  by  fire  and  move- 
ment.   Platoon  umpires  of  elements  com- 
mitted to  this  action  tag  1  casualty  per 
platoon. 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


Appendix  II     (continued) 


which  is  covered  by  fire  coming  from  pill- 
boxes. 


This  situation  is  designed  to  exercise  the 
unit  in  an  attack  of  a  fortified  position. 


After  log  revetted  pillboxes  are  taken  the 
Assault  Company  umpires  inform  the  As- 
sault Company  commanders  that  the  po- 
sitions were  taken  by  direct  infantry 
assault  and  that  supporting  tank  fire  was 
generally   ineffective  due  to  the  thick 
walled  constructions.    If  above  informa- 
tion is  not  forwarded  to  battalion  within 
a  reasonable  time,  the  Assault  Company 
umpires  inform  the  battalion  umpires 
that  their  information  was  not  passed 
back.    Note:  Since  this  info  concerns  the 
ineffectiveness  of  our  tank  fire,  BLT  um- 
pire will  insure  that  this  info  is  passed 
to  RCT.    If  RCT  commander  does  not  in- 
form Division,  RCT  umpire  will  notify 
umpire  director  Hq. 


Upon  termination  of  the  3d  CONTROLLED 
SITUATION,  assault  elements  are  permit- 
ted to  advance  by  fire  &  movement  against 
increasing  rifle  and  MG  fire. 


Umpires  insert  local  incidents.    H  plus 
190.    FSCC  umpire  on  AGC  informs  Divi- 
sion TIO  that  a  returning  aircraft  has 
just  been  reported  observing  what  ap- 
peared to  be  a  mobile  rocket  launcher 
moving  NE  along  road  in  Target  Area 
8631.  Pilot  states  that  he  had  insufficient 
fuel  to  continue  observation.    Time  of  de- 
parture from  assembly  points  (mobile 
rocket  launchers,  mounted  on  6x6  trucks) 
to  destination  of  mobile  rocket  firing 
sites,  will  be  included  in  script  for  H/- 
190  -  D-Day. 


4th  CONTROLLED  SITUATION 

(H  plus  220) 

(combat  outpost) 

As  troops  reach  a  line  generally  along  TA 

9029  X,  T,    -TA  9129  K,  C,    -TA  9130  Y, 

they  are  halted  by  heavy  barrages  of  Arty 

and  rocket  fire. 

This  situation  is  designed  to  indicate  the 
necessity  for  NGF  and/or  air  support  to 
neutralize  enemy  arty  and  rocket  fire. 


Red  flags  will  be  displayed  along  line  des  - 
ignated  in  situation.    One  fire  marking 
team  will  continually  lay  down  Aggressor 
Arty  and  rocket  fire.    When  cmdrs  have 
requested  and  received  Arty  and/or  NGF 
and/or  air  support,  the  red  flags  will  go 
down  and  umpires  will  permit  units  to  ad- 
vance by  fire  and  movement.    Each  plat- 
oon umpire  tag  1  casualty  per  platoon. 
Company  umpires  tag  1  casualty.    RCT 
umpires  tag  2  casualties  in  Regt  Hq  and 
6  in  Wpns  Bn  Det.    Bombardment  records 
over  PA  system  at  this  time. 


Upon  execution  of  the  4th  CONTROLLED 
SITUATION,  assault  elements  are  permit- 
ted to  advance  by  fire  and  movement  against 
increasingly  heavy  rifle,  MG,  and  mortar 
fire. 


8-7 


Umpires  insert  local  incidents.    Each 
assault  platoon  umpire  tag  2  casualties 
per  assault  platoon.    Fire  marking  team 
simulate    barrages  as  directed  by  Bat- 
talion umpire. 

RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


Appendix  IT     (continued) 


5th  CONTROLLED  SITUATION 
(H  plus  280) 
(left  elements  hit  MLR) 
As  troops  reach  a  line  100  meters  from 
hostile  positions  located  generally  along 
the  trail  south  of  DUCK  CREEK  STARLING 
ROAD,  the  entire  front  is  halted  by  tactical 
wire  and  rifle  and  MG  fire  coming  from  log 
revetted  pillboxes  and  the  unit  on  the  left  is 
receiving  heavy  Arty,  rocket,  and  mortar 
fire.   This  situation  is  designed  so  that 
troops  on  the  left  will  be  held  up  regardless 
of  any  action  taken,  while  any  troops  locat- 
ed in  the  area  of  trail  junction  TA  9130  M 
right  to  FREEMAN'S  CREEK,  (or  if  no 
troops  are  located  here,  until  the  cmdr  has 
probed  and  developed  the  situation  in  this 
area)  will  be  permitted  to  advance  to  the 
North  or  East  by  fire  &  movement,  as  long 
as  troops  are  willing  to  advance.    (It  is  be- 
lieved that  troops  may  be  halted  and/or  a 
new  course  of  action  taken  by  unit  cmdr  so 
as  not  to  interfere  with  any  prearranged 
plans  for  the  occupation  of  the  POW  stock- 
ade or  to  preclude  an  overextension  of 
front  lines.) 


Initially  red  flags  will  be  displayed  all 
along  the  front.    As  stated  in  the  situation, 
troops  in  the  left  half  of  RCT-0  Z/A  will 
not  be  permitted  to  advance  regardless  of 
actions  taken  (except  as  indicated  in  sub- 
sequent instructions).    The  troops  on  the 
right  of  the  RCT-0  Z/A,  however,  will  be 
permitted  to  advance  by  fire  and  move- 
ment after  any  support  or  reserve  has  been 
committed  and/or  after  this  unit  has  em- 
ployed organic  supporting  fires.    When  the 
unit  in  the  right  half  of  RCT-0  Z/A  has 
taken  appropriate  action,  it  will  be  permit- 
ted to  advance  by  fire  and  movement  as 
stated  in  the  situation.    During  this  engage- 
ment, each  platoon  umpire  tag  3  casualties 
per  platoon.    Company  umpires  tag  1  cas- 
ualty per  Co  Hq,  BLT  umpires  tag  1  casu- 
alty per  Bn  Hq  and  4  casualties  per  Wpns 
Co  and  RCT  umpire  tag  2  casualties  inRgtl 
Hq  and  6  casualties  in  Wpns  Bn  Det.   Right 
Company  umpire  informs  Company  Com- 
mander that  his  scouts  report  that  they 
could  locate  only  a  few  scattered  road 
blocks  and  apparently   no  enemy  troop 
concentrations  for  500  meters  north  of 
Duck  Creek  Starling  Road  and  for  approx- 
imately 600  meters  west  of  the  unimproved 
road  at  Target  Area  9131  E.   If  Company 
Commander  does  not  report  their  intelli- 
gence to  the  Battalion  Commander,  Com- 
pany umpire  will  so  inform  the  Battalion 
umpire.   Upon  occupation  of  the  political 
prisoner  camp,  umpire  of  the  unit  occupy- 
ing the  political  prisoner  stockade  will  in- 
form the  unit  commander  that  \  of  the 
political  prisoners  are  afflicted  with  acute 
epidemic  typhus  fever  and  are  infested 
with  lice  and  are  stretcher  cases. 


Note: 

Lice  carry  epidemic  typhus;  therefore  um- 
pire will  not  permit  evacuation  of  political 
prisoners  until  all  have  been  deloused  and 
also  any    Division  personnel  entering 
buildings  housing  political  prisoners  must 
be  deloused  before  returning  to  parent  or- 
ganization for  further  duty.    Supervision  of 
above  must  be  under  a  Medical  Officer . 

Note: 

The  umpire  director  visualizes  that  advan- 
tage may  be  taken  of  the  freedom  of  move- 
ment in  the  right  half  of  RCT-0  Z/A  and 
that  this  action  may  force  RCT-0  in  a  turn- 
ing movement  to  the  left  in  accordance  with 
the  plans  of  the  umpire  director. 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


Appendix  III 
SAMPLE  UMPIRE   ARTILLERY  CONTROL  SCRIPT 


Hq,  Umpire  Director 

Nth  Marine  Division,  FMF 

Camp  Bard,  N.  C. 

0800R,  17  Apr  1950 


UMPIRE   CONTROL  SCRIPT   (ARTILLERY  INCIDENTS) 

D-DAY 


Situation 

1st  INCIDENT  (1  hr  15  min  after  FDC  is 
in  position  D-Day) 

1st  Bn,  14th  Marines  FDC  switchboard  is 
inoperative  for  30  minutes. 


Umpire  Instructions 

Declare  FDC  switchboard  out  of  action. 
Assure  that  switchboard  remains  out  of 
action  for  30  minutes.    Observe  what  ac- 
tions are  taken  for  FDC  communications. 
Use  of  radio,  or  other  means  of  commun- 
ication. 


2d  INCIDENT  (2  hrs  after  FDC  is  in 
position  D-Day) 

2d  Bn,  14th  Marines  receives  message 
from  Forward  Observer  that  enemy  artil- 
lery is  falling  near  the  Forward  Obser- 
ver's position.    He  requests  AO  search  and 
counterbattery  fire. 


Umpire  gives  message  to  S-2.    Designate 
which  Forward  Observer  is  sending  mes- 
sage.   Observe  and  record  action  taken 
by  S-3. 


3d  INCIDENT  (1700  D-Day) 

3d  Bn,  14th  Marines.    Heavy  and  accurate 
counterbattery  fire  is  falling  in  position 
area  of  Battery  "G" 


Umpire  with  3/14  request  Arty  Control  to 
send  fire  marking  section  to  "  G"  Battery 
position  area.    Fire  marking  team   simu- 
late fire  falling  in  position  area.    Number 
two  piece  is  declared  out  of  action;  breech 
block  handle  sheared  off.    All  personnel  at 
number  two  piece  killed.    Observe  and  re- 
cord action  taken  in  replacing  or  repairing 
damage.    Note  if  battery  moves  to  new 
position. 


4th  INCIDENT  (After  Rocket  Battery  fires 
its  first  mission) 

Heavy  and  accurate  counterbattery  fire 
falls  in  Rocket  Battery  position  area  after 
Rocket  Battery  fires  its  first  mission. 


8-9 


Umpire  with  14th  Marines  FDC  notify  Arty 
Control  of  location  of  Rocket  Battery  as 
soon  as  it  is  in  position.   Notify  Arty  Con- 
trol as  soon  as  possible,  the  time  the  Rock- 
et Battery  will  fire  its  first  mission.    Have 
Arty  Control  send  fire  marking  section  to 
position  area.    Fire  marking  team  to  simu- 
late counterbattery  fire  on  battery  position 
area  after  rocket  mission  is  fired.    Umpire 
assess  5  killed  and  10  wounded  casualties. 
Casualties  to  be  evacuated  to  14th  Marines 
aid  station. 

RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


Appendix  III     (continued) 

Two  rocket  launchers  damaged,  one 
launcher  right  jack  sheared  off,  other 
punctured  tire,  to  remain  out  of  action 
for  an  hour.    Observe  and  record  action 
taken  to  replace  personnel  and  replace 
or  repair  equipment.   Note  if  battery- 
moves  to  new  position. 


5th  INCIDENT  (About  2200  D-Day) 

2d  Bn,  14th  Marines.   Small  Aggressor 
patrol  enters  2d  Bn  position  area  to  destroy 
or  disable  any  piece  or  pieces  of  equipment 
possible.    1  member  of  Aggressor  patrol 
to  let  himself  be  captured. 


Patrol  to  have  tags  to  place  on  pieces  of 
equipment.    Equipment  actually  tagged 
will  remain  out  of  action  for  45  minutes. 
Observe  and  record  action  taken  to  recti- 
fy damage  resulting  from  patrol.   Note 
action  taken  in  capturing  prisoner,  and 
handling  (what  is  done  with  prisoner; 
that  is,  is  he  sent  to  Division  headquar- 
ters, or  interrogated  on  the  spot). 


6th  INCIDENT  (After  2200  D-Day  as  ap- 
propriate) 

1st  Bn,  14th  Marines.   S-3  receives  mes- 
sage from  FO  that  own  fire  is  falling  in 
front  lines. 


Umpire  with  FDC  1st  Bn,  14th  Marines, 
deliver  message  to  S-3  from  appropriate 
FO.    Three  or  four  projectiles  from  a 
concentration  have  fallen  in  own  front 
lines.    Assure  that  this  is  delivered  fol- 
lowing a  concentration  requested  to  the 
immediate  front  of  the  unit  supported  by 
1st  Bn,  14th.    Umpire  designate  which  FO 
sends,  and  which  unit  received  fire.    Ob- 
serve and  record  actions  of  S-3  regarding 
checking  own  Bn's  fire  and  forwarding 
information  to  Regt  FDC. 


7th  INCIDENT  (2100  D-Day) 

3d  Bn,  14th  Marines.    FDC  switchboard 
damaged  to  extent  that  it  cannot  be  used 
for  30  minutes. 


Umpire  insure  that  switchboard  remains 
out  of  action  for  30  minutes.    See  that  Bn 
FDC  uses  radio  or  other  means  of  com- 
munication during  this  neriod  of  time. 


8th  INCIDENT  (0900  D  plus  1) 

1st  Bn,  14th  Marines.   S-3  receives  mes- 
sage from  FO  with  the  right  Bn  of  Nth  Ma- 
rines.  Sporadic  artillery  fire -falling  on 
front  lines.    Direction  of  fire  is  generally 
from  the  West,  but  unable  to  get  an  azimuth 
on  it.    FO  requests  AO  make  search  for  en- 
emy battery. 


Umpire  with  1/14  hand  message  to  S-3  at 
time  stated.    Observe  and  record  action 
taken  by  S-3  in  connection  with  this  re- 
quest. 


9fti  INCIDENT  (1100  D  plus  1) 


Regimental  FDC  umpire  contact  RegtlS-4 
and  obtain  estimate  of  ammo  on  hand  at 
Rocket  Btry  position.    (If  more  than  \  U/F, 


RESTRICTED 


8-10 


RESTRICTED 


Appendix  III     (continued) 


Rocket  Battery  Ammunition  dump  receives 
heavy  artillery  fire. 


announce  that  75%  of  this  ammo  has  been 
destroyed  by  shellfire;  or  if  less  than  \ 
U/F  remains  -  destroy  sufficient  amount 
to  require  hauling  of  at  least  \  U/F  to  po- 
sitions.) Observe  and  record  the  actions 
of  S-4  regarding  organization  and  dispatch 
of  a  sufficient  number  of  vehicles  to  the 
Div  Ammunition  Dump,  as  well  as  simula- 
tion of  unloading  ammunition  at  Rocket 
Btry  dump. 


10th  INCIDENT  (1200  D  plus  1) 

3rd  Bn,  14th  Marines.    Bn  Executive  Offi- 
cer receives  message  from  Bn  Motor  Offi- 
cer.   "Bn  truck  park:  is  receiving  neavy 
arty  fire." 


Umpire  request  fire  marking  team  from 
Arty  control  prior  to  incident.    Have  team 
simulate  arty  fire  in  Bn  truck  park.    If  fire 
marking  section  is  not  available,  inform 
the  Executive  Officer  that  he  has  received 
the  "message"  from  the  Bn  Motor  Officer. 
Assess  5  killed  and  10  wounded  casualties 
in  truck  park.    Vehicles  to  remain  out  of 
action  for  an  hour.    Observe  and  record  ac- 
tions and  orders  for  Bn  Executive  Officer 
as  to  evacuation  oi  casualties  and  repair  of 
vehicles.    It  Bn  displaces  during  period  ve- 
nicies  are  out  of  action,  insure  that  tney  are 
not  used  for  the  displacement  until  after  the 
hour  has  elapsed. 


8-11 


RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


Appendix  TV 
SAMPLE  UMPIRE   FSCC  CONTROL  SCRIPT 

Hq,  Umpire  Director 

Nth  Marine  Division,  FMF 

Camp  Bard,  N.  C. 

0S00R,  17  Apr  1950 

FSCC  INCIDENTS 

1.     FSCC  incidents  are  injected  as  appropriate.     Do  not  initiate  any  messages  that  affect  the 
situation.     Do  initiate  messages  of  intelligence  that  are  plausible  and  have  not  been  introduced 
by  other  echelons  to  the  FSCC. 


NGF,  TIP  AND  GENERAL  INCIDENTS 


Incidents 


On  D-Day,  FSCC  Umpire  hand  TIO  the  fol- 
lowing message:    From  G-2  Battery  120  mm 
located  by  AO  at  TA8732T 

4  Howitzers. 


Umpire  Instructions 

TIO  should  check  target  list  to  determine 
if  target  has  been  previously  listed.   He 
should  inform  coordinator  of  new  target. 
Observe  if  fire  is  delivered  on  target. 
Target  nearest  8732T  is  at  8732  VR  check 
should  be  made  as  to  true  location  of 
battery. 


FSCC  Umpire  hand  FSCC  coordinator  the  fol- 
lowing message: 

From: 

Naval  projectiles  are  falling  in  own  front 
lines. 


During  a  mission  designate  a  front  line 
unit  and  an  artillery  observer  that  origin- 
ates message.    Observe  action  at  FSCC  to 
trace  down  the  D/S  ship  responsible  for 
those  projectiles  and  action  taken  to 
remedy. 


FSCC  Switchboard  damage  by  stray  frag- 
ment. 


Umpire  notify  switchboard  operator  that 
switchboard  is  out  of  action  for  30  min- 
utes. Observe  use  of  radio  nets,  or  in- 
stallation of  spare  switchboard. 


Division  Naval  Gunfire  SCR-300  batteries 
fail. 


Umpire  notify  Div  NGFO  batteries  out 
for  30  minutes.    Observe  use  of  wire  net 
to  handle  normal  SCR-300  traffic. 


Division  NGF  Officer  out  of  action  about  \ 
hour  prior  to  deadline  for  completion  of 
night  illumination  plan. 


Umpire  notify  Div  NGF  officer  he  is  30 
minute  casualty  30  minutes  prior  to  com- 
pletion time  for  illumination  plans.  Ob- 
serve use  of  Division' NGFLnO  in  place 
of  Div  NGFO. 


During  scheduled  night  illumination  star- 
shell  cases  fall  in  own  front  lines. 


RESTRICTED 


8-12 


Umpire  originate  report  as  coming  from 
a  unit  spotter  located  between  scheduled 
illumination  and  any  fire  support  ship. 
Observe  action  taken  to  remedy  this  situ- 
ation. 


RESTRICTED 


Appendix    IV     (continued) 


FSCC  Umpire  originate  message.    From 
NGFLnO,  9th  Marines. 

Request  33  for  mission  against  blockhouse 
at  TA 


Hand  message  to  Div  NGF  Officer  as  hav- 
ing originated  with  LnO,  9th  Marines.    In- 
sert as  blockhouse  location  a  target  previ- 
ously reported  destroyed. 


Ship  in  support  of  7th  RCT  out  of  action  for 
period  of  2  hours. 


FSCC  Umpire  originates  nessage  to  Div 
NGFO  from  LnO  with  7th  RCT.    Observe 
actions  in  assigning  Division  ship  to  regi- 
ment. 


FSCC 
Air  Incidents 


Incidents 


Umpire  Instructions 


Division  Air  Officers  ground  line  to  the 
TADC  out  of  action  for  a  period  of  30 
minutes. 


Umpire  notify  Division  Air  Officer  that 
ground  line  out  of  action  for  a  period  of 
30  minutes.    Observe  action  taken  to 
remedy. 


Division  Air  Officer  out  of  action  for  30 
minutes  during  co-ordination  of  supporting 
arms  fires  for  atk. 


Umpire  notify  Division  Air  Officer  he  is 
out  of  action  for  30  minute  period  1  hour 
prior  to  co-ordinated  attack.  Observe   ac 
tion  taken  by  assistant. 


TAR  net  out  of  action  while  receiving  one 
request  mission. 


Umpire  notify  Division  Air  Officer  TAR 
net  out  for  period  of  one  mission.    Ob- 
serve action  taken  to  rece:ve  mission 
from  TADC  or  action  taken  to  remedy. 


FSCC   -  TADC  Incidents. 


Primary  TAR  net  is  out  of  action  during 
a  mission  request. 


Umpire  observe  if  TAR  Secondary  is  em- 
ployed or  other  action  taken. 


TADC  out  of  action  due  to  artillery  fire. 


Observe  whether  or  not  steps  are  taken  to 
shift  control  afloat.  When  stops  are  initi- 
ated declare  TADC  back  in  action. 


All  TAD  nets  out  of  action  during  a  support 
briefing. 


Umpire  observe  if  the  TADC  notifies  the 
TACP  to  brief  or  other  corrective  action. 


TAC  out  of  action  for  a  30  minute  period. 


Umpire  notify  TAC  he  is  out  of  action  for 
30  minute  period.    Observe  action  taken 
by  assistant. 


Ground  line  to  FSCC  out  of  action  for  a  30 
minute  period. 


Umpire  observe  corrective  action. 
-13  RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 


Appendix  V 
UMPIRE -CONTROL  FLAGS  AND  NON -TACTICAL  DESIGNATIONS 


1.       SQUAD  CONTROL  FLAGS. 


RED  FLAG 

When  displayed  in  a  squad  area,  members  of  that  squad 
may  not  advance  to  the  front  beyond  the  position  of  the 
RED  flag. 

YELLOW  FLAG 

When  displayed  in  a  squad  area,  members  of  that  squad 
are  receiving  enemy  small  arms  fire,  but  may  advance 
tactically.    Squad  Umpire  personnel  may  stop  the  ad- 
vance of  elements  within  the  squad. 

NO  FLAG  DISPLAYED 

When  there  is  NO  flag  displayed  in  the  squad  area,  mem- 
bars  of  that  squad  are  not  receiving  enemy  small  arms 
fire. 


2.       MANEUVER  ENEMY  COUNTER-ATTACK  SITUATION. 


A  Maneuver  Enemy  counter-attack  is  indicated  by  RED 
flags  carried  by  Maneuver  Enemies  advancing  toward 
friendly  defensive  positions. 

If  the  squad -control  flag  (RED)  is  displayed  in  the 
squad  area,  members  of  that  squad  should  withdraw  so 
as  to  keep  the  squad -control  flag  between  themselves 
and  the  Maneuver  Enemy. 

If  the  squad  fails  to  withdraw  and  is  overrun  by  the 
Maneuver  Enemy,  then  the  Squad  Umpire  will  rule  his 
squad  out  of  action. 

If  the  squad -control  flag  (YELLOW)  is  displayed  in 
the  squad  area,  members  of  that  squad  will  remain  in 
position.   The  Maneuver  Enemy  counter-attack  must 
halt  prior  to  reaching  the  friendly  defensive  positions. 
Withdrawal  of  the  Maneuver  Enemy  counter-attacking 
force  is  indicated  when  the  RED  flags  carried  by  the 
Maneuver  Enemy  move  away  from  the  friendly  defen- 
sive positions. 


SQUAD  CONTROL  FOR  NIGHT  OPERATIONS. 

NO  LIGHT  DISPLAYED 


When  there  is  NO  light  displayed  in  a  squad  area, 
members  of  that  squad  may  advance  tactically. 

RED  LIGHT 

When  displayed  in  a  squad  area,  members  of  that  squad 
may  not  advance  to  the  front  beyond  the  position  of  the 
RED  light. 


RESTRICTED 


8-14 


RESTRICTED 
Appendix  V     (continued) 

3.  SQUAD  CONTROL  FOR  NIGHT  OPERATIONS     (continued) 

To  conserve  batteries,  the  Squad  Umpire  will  turn  the  RED  li*ht  off  as  soon  as  all 
the  members  of  the  squad  have  stopped  their  advance.    No  members  of  the  squad  will  then  re- 
sume the  advance  until  they  receive  verbal  authority  from  the  Squad  Umpire. 

4.  SPECIAL  CONTROL  FLAGS. 

BLACK  AND  WHITE   FLAG 

Lethal  concentration  of  nonpersistent  toxic  gas  within  100 
yards  of  the  flag.  A  line  of  flags  may  be  used  to  indicate 
the  limits  of  a  large  gassed  area  if  the  umpires  so  specify. 

ORANGE  FLAG 

Displayed  to  indicate  the  location  of  an  anti-tank  gun  de- 
livering  fire  on  a  vehicle  or  tank  within  effective  range" 
of  the  weapon. 

BLUE   FLAG 

Displayed  in  the  vicinity  of  a  tank  or  vehicle  to  indicate  an 
anti-tank  mine  has  been  detonated  by  that  tank  or  vehicle. 

BLACK  FLAG 

Every  tank  and  vehicle  will  carry  a  BLACK  flag  which  will 
be  displayed  prominently  if  the  tank,  vehicle,  or  accompany- 
ing weapon  is  ruled  out  of  action  by  an  Umpire. 

RED  FLAG  WITH  WHITE   CENTER 

Artillery  or  mortar  fire  is  falling  within  100  yards  of  the 
flag.    Firecrackers  or  sound  and  flash  simulators  may  be 
used  in  place  of  this  flag. 

NQN -TACTICAL  FLAGS  AND  SIGNS. 

WHITE   FLAG 

Displayed  on  a  vehicle  to  indicate  that  it  is  an  Umpire 
vehicle  and  operates  non -tactically. 

GREEN  FLAG 

Displayed  on  a  vehicle  to  indicate  that  it  is  non -tactical 
but  not  an  Umpire  vehicle. 

A  vehicle  marked  "OBSERVER"  is  also  a  non -tactical 
vehicle,  and  should  display  a  GREEN  flag. 


6.       NON -TACTICAL  INDIVIDUAL  MARKINGS. 


WHITE  ARM  BAND  MARKED  WITH  A  BLACK  "UMP" 

Designates  Umpire  personnel.   Umpires  will  also  wear 
distinctive  headgear  (garrison  caps). 

8-15  RESTRICTED 


RESTRICTED 

Appendix  V     (continued) 
6.       N  ON  -TACTICAL  INDIVIDUAL  MARKINGS,     (continued) 

GREEN  BRASSARD 


Designates  authorized  military  and  technical  ob- 
servers. 

GREEN  BRASSARD  WITH  WHITE   LETTER  "C" 

Designates  press  correspondents. 

GREEN  BRASSARD  WITH  WHITE   LETTER  "P" 

Designates  photographers. 


8-16 

RESTRICTED  ■&  U.  S.  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE  :  O — 1951 


i 


Troop  Umpire  Control,  Amphibious 
Operations.  13067 


Library  of  the  Marine  Corps 


3000198104